CN106240160A - Box and printing material supply system - Google Patents
Box and printing material supply system Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CN106240160A CN106240160A CN201610630627.4A CN201610630627A CN106240160A CN 106240160 A CN106240160 A CN 106240160A CN 201610630627 A CN201610630627 A CN 201610630627A CN 106240160 A CN106240160 A CN 106240160A
- Authority
- CN
- China
- Prior art keywords
- box
- bonding part
- terminal
- restricted part
- keeper
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Granted
Links
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J2/00—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
- B41J2/005—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
- B41J2/01—Ink jet
- B41J2/17—Ink jet characterised by ink handling
- B41J2/175—Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03G—ELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
- G03G15/00—Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern
- G03G15/06—Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern for developing
- G03G15/08—Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern for developing using a solid developer, e.g. powder developer
- G03G15/0822—Arrangements for preparing, mixing, supplying or dispensing developer
- G03G15/0865—Arrangements for supplying new developer
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J2/00—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
- B41J2/005—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
- B41J2/01—Ink jet
- B41J2/17—Ink jet characterised by ink handling
- B41J2/175—Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
- B41J2/17503—Ink cartridges
- B41J2/1752—Mounting within the printer
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J2/00—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
- B41J2/005—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
- B41J2/01—Ink jet
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J2/00—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
- B41J2/005—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
- B41J2/01—Ink jet
- B41J2/17—Ink jet characterised by ink handling
- B41J2/175—Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
- B41J2/17503—Ink cartridges
- B41J2/17506—Refilling of the cartridge
- B41J2/17509—Whilst mounted in the printer
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J2/00—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
- B41J2/005—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
- B41J2/01—Ink jet
- B41J2/17—Ink jet characterised by ink handling
- B41J2/175—Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
- B41J2/17503—Ink cartridges
- B41J2/17526—Electrical contacts to the cartridge
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J2/00—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
- B41J2/005—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
- B41J2/01—Ink jet
- B41J2/17—Ink jet characterised by ink handling
- B41J2/175—Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
- B41J2/17503—Ink cartridges
- B41J2/17526—Electrical contacts to the cartridge
- B41J2/1753—Details of contacts on the cartridge, e.g. protection of contacts
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J2/00—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
- B41J2/005—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
- B41J2/01—Ink jet
- B41J2/17—Ink jet characterised by ink handling
- B41J2/175—Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
- B41J2/17503—Ink cartridges
- B41J2/17543—Cartridge presence detection or type identification
- B41J2/17546—Cartridge presence detection or type identification electronically
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J2/00—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
- B41J2/005—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
- B41J2/01—Ink jet
- B41J2/17—Ink jet characterised by ink handling
- B41J2/175—Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
- B41J2/17503—Ink cartridges
- B41J2/17553—Outer structure
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03G—ELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
- G03G2221/00—Processes not provided for by group G03G2215/00, e.g. cleaning or residual charge elimination
- G03G2221/16—Mechanical means for facilitating the maintenance of the apparatus, e.g. modular arrangements and complete machine concepts
- G03G2221/1678—Frame structures
- G03G2221/1684—Frame structures using extractable subframes, e.g. on rails or hinges
Abstract
The present invention relates to box and printing material supply system.A kind of box includes ink feed structure, terminal support structure and the first restricted part.Terminal support structure has the terminal being arranged in terminal plane, the contact portion making terminal receives along the power with installation direction rightabout (RD), and terminal plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane limited by the installation direction leading edge of ink feed structure.The bonding part of the first restricted part is arranged on the position neighbouring with terminal support structure.
Description
The application is based on filing date December in 2012 26 days, Application No. 201280003040.0, invention entitled
The divisional application of the application for a patent for invention of " box and printing material supply system ".
Cross-Reference to Related Applications
This application requires the priority of following patent application, is combined in here by quoting by all of which: in January, 2012
The Japanese patent application No.2012-that the Japanese patent application No.2012-003694 that 12 submit, on January 12nd, 2012 submit
003698, the Japan that the Japanese patent application No.2012-003653 that on January 12nd, 2012 submits, on January 12nd, 2012 submit
Japanese patent application No.2012-189836 that patent application No.2012-003652, on August 30th, 2012 submit, 2012 years 3
The U.S. Patent application No.13/ that the U.S. Patent application No.13/410461 that the moon is submitted on the 2nd, on March 2nd, 2012 submit
410478, on March 2nd, 2012 submits U.S. Patent application No.13/410528 and the PCT submitted on March 1st, 2012 is special
Profit application No.PCT/JP2012/001395.
Technical field
The present invention relates to box, box and the combination of printing equipment (or one part) and/or include box and printing equipment
Printing material supply system.
Background technology
Have been proposed for various mechanism box is installed to printing equipment or unloads from it.The example of these mechanisms with
Disclosed in lower file: the open No.2005/0151811 of United States Patent (USP) (it corresponds to JP-A-2007-230249), United States Patent (USP)
(it corresponds to JP-A-for No.7,008,053 (its correspond to JP-A-2005-022345), United States Patent (USP) No.6,276,780
2002-019142), United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422, United States Patent (USP) 6,074,042 and United States Patent (USP) No.7,018,030.
Summary of the invention
Technical problem
U.S. Publication file No.2005/0151811 discloses has deadlock lever 3 and the box of electric contact terminal liner 102.
Bar 3 includes the anchor portion 6 for engaging with printer.This anchor portion 6 is arranged remotely from contact pad designed 102.Because grappling
Part 6 is away from box terminal, so being only capable of for box terminal relative to the location of each printing terminal with the joint of printer
Limited contribution accurately and is stably provided.
Additionally, the bar 3 in U.S. Publication file No.2005/0151811 needs long enough, can be connect by user to arrive
Near position so that user can operate on it.This bar 3 also sidewall away from box distally stretches out.This big bar is led
Causing bigger box, the printer size that bigger box also causes box to be mounted thereto and be detached from is bigger, and causes
Big for transporting and sell the packaging volume of box, this then add the cost of transport and parts.
Equally, the box structure that anchor portion 6 is connected to box side terminal includes the flexible portion of bar 3.Although anchor portion 6
Can be securely engaged with printer, but the vibration produced during printing operation may be transmitted by the flexible portion of bar 3
To box terminal, and therefore may affect the box terminal location relative to printing terminal.For balladeur train above formula print cartridge (such as in U.S.
Those print cartridges disclosed in state open file No.2005/0151811) worry this point especially, because they are installed in printing
On the balladeur train of machine, and print head is installed on this balladeur train.In balladeur train above formula printer, balladeur train during printing operation by
Particles on printed medium.In addition to other vibrations produced during printing, the print cartridge in balladeur train is swept in change every time
Great acceleration it is also subject to when retouching direction.
Bar in U.S. Publication file No.2005/0151811 forms with box, and resiliently flexible.Utilize
This structure, is limited to such material for manufacturing the material of box: it has sufficient mouldability for manufacturing this structure,
And also have and can deform the most flexible required and durability during engaging with printer and unloading for bar.
Bar can be in plastic deformation under user operation.This plastic deformation of bar may cause box side terminal and printing pusher side
Position mispairing between terminal, this may cause the electrical connectivity of difference.Plastic deformation also reduces the durability of bar.Equally, need
Special measure (as disclosed in United States Patent (USP) No.7,018,030) is taked to carry out anti-stopping bar during the encapsulation of box
Creep (particularly when box is packaged into Vacuum Package) while box is packed.
United States Patent (USP) No.6,276,780 discloses a kind of box without any memorizer or electric terminal.Because this kind
The box of type need not electrically connect with printer, needed for need not to include keeping box terminal and the stable position of printer terminal and right
Accurate structure or structure.
Additionally, box passes through layout blocking mechanism 132 on the printer, (in United States Patent (USP) No.6, Fig. 9 of 276,780 arrives
Disclosed in 16) it is installed to printer.The locking inclined-plane, box side 220 engaged with blocking mechanism 132 is removed along box from printer
Direction away from the pivotal axis of blocking mechanism 132.Therefore, when elastic component 156 or compression stress sealing member 152 along box by from print
The direction (by United States Patent (USP) No.6, the arrow X in Figure 12 of 276,780 represents) that brush machine removes is when box applies power, and this power can
The power keeping part 134 with the joint on box locking inclined-plane 220 is released so that box may make at printer to be easily converted to
Separate with printer with period.Divide from printer because the joint construction disclosed in United States Patent (USP) No.6,276,780 has box
From potential risk, so it is not suitable for for the structure disclosed in U.S. Publication file No.2005/0151811, this structure
Make and need suitably contacting between box terminal with printer terminal.Additionally, in U.S. Publication file No.2005/0151811
Box in structure and contacting power along being laterally applied to box from the terminal of printer between printer terminal so that box may
Along transverse shifting.The blocking mechanism 132 of United States Patent (USP) No.6,276,780 is not suitable for U.S. Publication file No.2005/
The box of 0151811, at least due to following reason: it can not mate with the transverse shifting of box so that blocking mechanism 132 takes off from box
From.
United States Patent (USP) 6,074,042 discloses the print cartridge with electric contact 54.As shown in its accompanying drawing 12A to Figure 13 B, electricity touches
Point 54 is at the leading edge being installed on the direction of printer by box.Utilize this structure, when box is installed in printer,
The electric contact 54 of box with the electric contact 104 of the spring of printer biasing smooth against.Outer surface at metal electrical contacts 54
Metal-oxide, oil or other non-conducting material may be sandwiched between the conducting metal of box and printer electric contact, can
The electric connection between box and printer can be affected.
United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 such as disclose the box 1 with storage device 7, this storage in its Fig. 2 a to Fig. 2 d
Device has electrode 7a.The direction that electrode 7a is arranged as inserting printer with box is substantially parallel.By this structure, printing electromechanics
Slide along the surface of circuit board (defining electrode 7a on it) long distance in pole 106.The surface of circuit board is generally exhausted by electricity
Edge resin material covers.When printer electrodes 106 swipes printed circuit board (PCB), they may damage this insulant so that insulation
The fragment of thing peels off from printed circuit board (PCB).This insulant fragment may be stuck between printer electrodes 106 and box electrode 7a, and
And become the poor or reason of the most unreliable ground electric connection caused between printer and box.
Such as United States Patent (USP) 6, shown in Fig. 5 to Fig. 6 B of 955,422, printer has leaf spring 103, and it is installed to print at box
Apply exerting pressure of the surface against printer electrodes 106 pressing storage device 7 time in brush machine, and drawn from printer at box
When going out, box 1 is moved up.
United States Patent (USP) No.7,008,053 discloses the elastic component 40 arranged on the printer in Figure 5.When box is by completely
When being installed in printer, the lower end 40a of elastic component 40 located on its of ledge 12 at top of electrode 14 against
Flat surfaces 12a.Between lower end 40b and flat surfaces 12a against limiting moving up of ledge 12.But, beautiful
The structure of state's patent No.7,008,053 does not include positioning, for limiting what ledge 12 moved down near ledge 12
Device.Therefore, ledge 12 is the most freely vertical vibrating during printer operates, and therefore electrode may be with printing
Machine terminal mispairing or disconnect.
In the case of there are the various mechanisms for installing and unload, need to reduce the overall size of printer, to obtain
More preferably usability and the convenience of installation.In order to reduce the size of printer, it is generally necessary to reduce and form the big of printer
Amount assembly and the size of related elements.Box that these assemblies and related elements include being installed to printer and the box for mounting box
Mounting structure.
In order to improve the use of printer, about the information of the printing material being contained in box (such as, about printing material
The information of surplus) be shown generally on the monitor of printer.The box being installed to this printer is generally of circuit board,
This circuit board has the memorizer for storing the information about printing material.Circuit board has for will send information to printing
Machine or receive from it the terminal (box side terminal) of information.About printing material information memorizer and printer controller it
Between transmitted with the contacting of terminal (equipment side terminal) on printer by these box side terminals.It is therefore desirable to keeping box side
Stable between terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
As described above, there is not yet and meet the known mechanisms of these requirements in fully acceptable mode.
This problem is not limited to accommodate the box of ink for printing, generally can also at any printing equipment and/or
Person is configured to provide or discharge the box of other printing materials various (such as, powdered ink) of such as ink.
It is desirable, therefore, to assure that stable between box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.It is also required to obtain size reduce
Box, printer and include the printer material supply system being installed to the box of printer.
The solution of problem
In order to more suitably realize at least some of of foregoing teachings, the invention provides following various aspects and enforcement
Example.
First aspect:
A kind of box being releasably attached to printing equipment, printing equipment includes: box mounting structure, and it is configured to tool
Have: (i) equipment side diapire component;(ii) the first equipment side side wall member, it may be located at the front portion of box mounting structure and arranges
For intersecting with equipment side diapire component;And (iii) second equipment side side wall member, it is set to and equipment side diapire component phase
Hand over and relative with the first equipment side side wall member.Equipment can also include printing material supply pipe, and it is configured to have base
Bottom and outer peripheral end, base terminal is arranged on equipment side diapire component, and outer peripheral end will be connected with box and be configured to hold
The printing material being contained in box is supplied to the end.Equipment can also include multiple equipment side terminal, and it is arranged on equipment side angle part
Place, equipment side diapire component and first (anterior) equipment side side wall member intersect in this place.Equipment can also include bar, and it is with can
The mode rotated is arranged in first (anterior) equipment side side wall member, to be used for box being installed to printing equipment or unloading from it
Under.Here, Z axis represents the axle parallel with the centrage C of printing material supply pipe, along it, X-axis represents arranges that printing material supplies
Should manage and equipment side terminal and the axle vertical with Z axis, and Y-axis represents the axle vertical with both Z axis and X-axis.+ Z-direction
Representing the direction held to the periphery along Z axis from the base terminal of printing material supply pipe, it can be upward direction.-Z-direction table
Show and+direction that Z-direction is contrary.+ X-direction represents along X-axis from printing material supply pipe to the direction of equipment side terminal,
It can be forward direction.-X-direction represents and+direction that X-direction is contrary.+ Y direction represents along Y direction to one
The direction of end, it can be lateral, and-Y direction represents along Y direction to the direction of the other end.Equipment also may be used
To be configured under box is installed to the installment state of box mounting structure, equipment side terminal contacts with box, with by power along
Specific direction including+Z-direction composition is applied to box.Bar can have the behaviour of (it can be top) at+Z-direction end
Make component and at-Z-direction end first equipment side of (it can be bottom) limit element, with box is carried out locking and by
The motion in+Z-direction of this constrained box.Bar may be constructed such that and is wound between control member and the first equipment side restriction element
Ad-hoc location rotate as rotary shaft.Here, X-axis, Y-axis and Z axis correspond to box relative to the box being under installment state
X-axis, Y-axis and Z axis.Box may include that be positioned at-Z-direction side on first and be positioned at+Z-direction side on second,
The two face is the most relative to each other;Be positioned at+X-direction side on the 3rd and be positioned at-X-direction side on the 4th
Face, the two face toward each other and intersects with first and second in the X-axis direction;Angle part, it is arranged as first
Face is connected with the 3rd;Chamfered surface, its part being arranged to form angle part and to including+X-direction composition and-
The specific direction of Z-direction composition tilts.Printing material Supply Structure can be set on the first face, to supply with printing material
Should be connected by pipe.Multiple box side terminals can be configured so that corresponding with each equipment side terminal and are positioned on chamfered surface,
With from equipment side terminal reception along including+power of the specific direction of Z-direction composition.Due to the inclined-plane at contact area, power
Can also have-X-direction composition.Box can also include the first box side restricted part, and it is configured to by the first equipment lateral spacing
The motion in+Z-direction of element locking processed and thus constrained box.
One or both in two features can having in following two embodiment constructed above.An embodiment
In, supplementary features be the first box lateral spacing system be partially disposed within the 3rd close to the 3rd with intersecting that chamfered surface intersects
The specific location of part.In another embodiment, box side terminal includes: the first terminal, and it includes being positioned at+Y direction
The first of end is outside;And second terminal, it includes being positioned at-Y direction end second outside, wherein, the first box lateral spacing system
Part is not the most located at outside the scope between the first outside and the second outside, and within the scope of this.
Box according to the first aspect of the invention has the first box side restricted part that the bar with printing equipment engages.Because
Bar does not manufactures integratedly with box, can be different from for manufacturing the material of bar for the material manufacturing box.Equally, the material of box
Material can be in less state considering flexible and life requirement and more paying close attention to other characteristics (the such as durability to ink)
Lower selection.Therefore, different plastics, thermoplastic and resins can be used to manufacture different assembly.
Equally, because bar is not on box, prevent so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.
Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for right
Box is packaged carrying out the size of the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) of the transport of box and distribution, thus desirably reduces
Transport and component costs.
Because bar with box one, so compared to the knot described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811
Structure, can manufacture the first box side restricted part with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes to show
Write the probability that ground reduces the elastic deformation of the first box side restricted part.In installment state, box can be maintained at box and install
Correct position in structure, this maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduces
The probability of the telecommunication of difference.In the box of first aspect because the first box side restricted part can have little size and
Simple structure, so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar, this
Different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.Which improve the convenience of Consumer's Experience and use.
In the box according to the first embodiment of first aspect, the first box lateral spacing element can be arranged on the rotation of bar
Axle-Z-direction side on.Even if applying along including from equipment side terminal+power of Z-direction composition carrys out constrained box at+Z axis
During motion on direction, bar is used for constrained box motion in+Z-direction.This reduce the joint of the first restricted part and bar
Past release locking or the probability of disengaging, thus ensure that between box side terminal with equipment side terminal stable electrically connects, and
And reduce poor successional probability.When the box being applied to be mounted from equipment side terminal along the power of-X-direction
Time, the first equipment side restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar along with box movement in-X-direction.This reduce
The bonding part of the first box side restricted part is from the first separate probability of equipment side restricted part.
According in the box of first aspect, the first box lateral spacing system be partially disposed within the 3rd close to cross section
Specific location.Therefore box can be fixed to box close to the position of the contact site between box side terminal and equipment side terminal
Mounting structure.This reduce the box side terminal probability relative to equipment side terminal position mispairing, and reduce box side terminal
And the seriality of the difference between equipment side terminal.In the case of box comes off, the first box side restricted part prevents box side terminal straight
Connect and clash into such as floor surface, and thereby assist in protecting box side terminal and make it without damage.Especially, when box side terminal quilt
When being installed to have on the circuit board of memory cell, this memory cell protecting fragility makes it without damage, and adds
Strong shockproof effect.The position that first box side restricted part is disposed proximate to cross section makes the bar of box mounting structure
The position closer to first can be positioned in.This makes it possible to reduce box and printing equipment size in the Z-axis direction.
Second aspect:
According to the box of first aspect, wherein, the first box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within and hands over chamfered surface close to the 3rd
The specific location of the cross section of fork.
According in the box of second aspect, the first box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within the specific location close to cross part.
Therefore box can be fixed to box mounting structure close to the position of the contact site between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.The
One box side restricted part prevents the position mispairing relative to equipment side terminal of the box side terminal.Therefore, the first box side restricted part
Reduce the seriality of difference between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.In the case of box comes off, the first box side restricted part
Reduce box side terminal and directly clash into the probability of such as floor surface, and thereby assist in protecting box side terminal and make it not be subject to
Damage.Especially, when box side terminal is installed to have on the circuit board of memory cell, this protects the memorizer of fragility
Unit makes it without damage, and strengthens shockproof effect.When the first box side restricted part is formed as jut, shockproof effect
Fruit is further strengthened.The position that first box side restricted part is disposed proximate to cross section makes the bar of box mounting structure
The position closer to first can be positioned in.This makes it possible to reduce box and printing equipment size in the Z-axis direction.
The third aspect:
The box that any one according to first aspect and/or second aspect is corresponding, wherein, the first box side restricted part is set
Put with the position intersected through the width of box or the central authorities of Y direction length and the plane (plane Yc) parallel with Z axis and X-axis
Put.
When box is installed in printer, box from equipment side terminal reception along including+direction of Z-direction composition
Power, and the first box side restricted part by this power towards bar first equipment side restricted part pressure.By by the first box lateral spacing
Part processed is arranged on the position intersected with plane Yc, even if box is moved around X-axis or Z axis by externally applied forces, and the first box lateral spacing system
Part part near the position intersected with plane Yc will move hardly.It should be noted that, the first box side restricted part quilt
It is placed close to cross part, the edge of circuit board or the position of both.By the first box lateral spacing system that will move hardly
Part is arranged on extremely near the position of box side terminal, so that the electrical connection between box side terminal and equipment side terminal is steady
Fixed.
Fourth aspect:
Fourth aspect is above-described embodiment, and wherein, box side terminal includes: the first terminal, and it includes being positioned at+Y direction
The first of end is outside;And second terminal, it includes being positioned at-Y direction end second outside, wherein, the first box lateral spacing system
The most in the Y-axis direction outside first and between the second outside of part, and as above may be embodied as independence
Form, or be implemented together with above-described embodiment of above-mentioned first aspect.
According in the box of fourth aspect, the first box side restricted part remain at least partially within first outside with second outside
Between portion.The first box lateral spacing system with less motion is partially located in the position of closely box side terminal by this, the most really
Protect the stable electrical connection between box side terminal and contact member.5th aspect:
According to the box of fourth aspect, wherein, not the most to be located at first outside with for the first box side restricted part
Outside scope between two outsides, and within the scope of this.
Some equipment side terminals can be more prominent compared to other terminals.In the example that figure 31 illustrates, terminal 731
More prominent.When box is installed on printer, box side terminal will have+Z-direction composition from equipment side terminal reception
Power.As compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, it contacts possibility with some equipment side terminals (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31)
Improper.By the first box side restricted part being orientated as in the direction of the width completely in the inner side of terminal, box can be sufficiently
Tilt, with adjust deflecting surfaces towards direction, therefore the electrical connection between box side terminal and equipment side terminal can be more steady
Fixed.These benefits are also about the structure of above-described embodiment.
6th aspect:
According to first aspect to the box in any of the one of the 5th aspect, also include the second box side restricted part, its quilt
Be configured to by be arranged in the second equipment side side wall member second equipment side limit element locking, and thus constrained box at+Z
Motion on direction of principal axis, and the second box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within fourth face.
Box according to the 6th aspect has the second box side restricted part on fourth face, with constrained box in+Z-direction
Motion, to carry out constrained box motion in+Z-direction from+X-direction end and-X-direction end both sides.This prevents further
Each box side terminal relative to box mounting structure position mispairing and further ensure that box side terminal and equipment side terminal it
Between stable electrical connection.
7th aspect:
According to the box of the 6th aspect, wherein, the second box side restricted part is jut, be inserted into be formed as depression or
First equipment side of through hole limits in element.
In the box according to the 7th aspect, the second box lateral spacing system is inserted partially into the second equipment side restricted part and provides
Rotate pivotal point, with by box around the neighbouring rotation of the second box side restricted part.This contribute to being installed to box box mounting structure with
And remove from it.
Eighth aspect:
According to the box described in any one in first aspect to the 7th aspect, wherein, the first box side restricted part is positioned at
The rotary shaft of bar-X-direction side on.
At the box according to eighth aspect, in installment state, the first box side restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, with
Bar is rotated along the side in opposite direction with releasing locking upwards about the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the first restricted part from first
Equipment side limits element and releases the probability of locking, and further ensure that stablizing between box side terminal and equipment side terminal
Electrical connection.Even if at box from equipment side terminal reception along the power of-X-direction, during to move along-X-direction, the first equipment
Lateral spacing element moves along-X-direction together with the movement of box.This movement reduces the first box side restricted part from first
Equipment side limits element and releases the probability of locking.
9th aspect:
According to the box of eighth aspect, wherein, the first box side restricted part has the first bearing part and the second bearing part,
First bearing part and the first equipment side limit the Part I of element and lean, with constrained box motion in+Z-direction,
And the second bearing part and the first equipment side limit the Part II of element and lean, with constrained box fortune in+X-direction
Dynamic.
In the box according to the 9th aspect, the first box side restricted part has the first bearing part and the second bearing part,
And it is ensured that produce rotating torques on bar, with by bar around bar rotary shaft along with release locking side in opposite direction
To rotation.That further reduces the first box side restricted part and limit the probability of element releasing locking from the first equipment side, and
And the seriality of the difference being more effectively prevented between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.
Tenth aspect:
According to the box described in any one in first aspect to the 9th aspect, also include: jut, its be configured to
The control member of bar leans, and at the box by having been mounted to box mounting structure during box mounting structure unloads,
Receive from box mounting structure and include+the power of Z-direction composition, and jut is arranged in the 3rd upper first box side restricted part
+ Z-direction side.
Box according to the tenth aspect also has jut.By using control member and the jut of bar, can be easily
Box is removed from box mounting structure.
11st aspect:
According to the box described in any one in first aspect to the tenth aspect, wherein, angle part has from first edge
+ the step that extends of Z-direction, step be positioned at chamfered surface-X-direction side and-Z-direction side on, and step has
The 3rd box lateral spacing element that element contacts is limited, with constrained box at Y with the 3rd equipment side being arranged on box mounting structure
Motion on direction of principal axis.
In the box according to the 11st aspect, the 3rd box lateral spacing element is set in the office, corner with box side terminal, its
Constrained box motion in the Y-axis direction.Which has limited the 3rd side fortune in the Y-axis direction of box in the installment state of box
Dynamic.
12nd aspect:
According to the box of the 11st aspect, wherein, the 3rd box lateral spacing element includes a pair haunched member, and it is configured to connect
Receive and limit element from equipment side diapire component along the 3rd equipment side that+Z-direction is prominent, and a pair haunched member is from step
Highlight along+X-direction.
In the box according to the 12nd aspect, it is provided that from simple along prominent a pair haunched member of+X-direction of step
Structure limits the 3rd side motion in the Y-axis direction of box in the installment state of box.
13rd aspect:
According to the box described in any one in the 11st aspect and the 12nd aspect, when seeing along+Z-direction from first
When examining box, a part for the 3rd box lateral spacing element is overlapping with chamfered surface.
In the box according to the 13rd aspect, the 3rd box lateral spacing element and chamfered surface are positioned as part weight each other
Folded.This further restricts the 3rd side of box in the Y-axis direction around the motion of printing material supply pipe.
Fourteenth aspect:
According to first aspect to the box in any of the one of the 13rd aspect, printing material Supply Structure is arranged on
In one side compared to close to the 3rd specific location closer to fourth face.
Box according to fourteenth aspect has to orientate as to be tied compared to close to the 3rd ink feed closer to fourth face
Structure.Orientate as compared to close to fourth face closer to the structure of the 3rd compared to ink feed structure, this configuration reduces print
Brush material adheres to the probability on box side terminal.This reduce the seriality of difference between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.
15th aspect:
According to first aspect to the box in any of the one of fourteenth aspect, the first box side restricted part is jut.
Box according to fourteenth aspect provides the first box side restricted part as jut, and it can have little size
With simple structure.
16th aspect:
According to first aspect to the box in any of the one of the 15th aspect, box side terminal includes and equipment side terminal
The box side ground terminal of equipment side ground terminal contact, equipment side ground terminal is connected with ground wire, and box side ground terminal quilt
It is arranged on width or the centre of Y direction length of box, and is configured in the process that box is installed to box mounting structure
In, contacted with equipment side ground terminal before any other box side terminal contacts with corresponding equipment side terminal.
In the box according to the 16th aspect, first it is applied to the power generation width at box of box side terminal from box mounting structure
In the basic central authorities of degree or Y direction length.This prevent and be applied to the power of box side terminal and play a role and make box to Y direction
Tilting, thus ensure that between box side terminal with equipment side terminal stable electrically connects.Set with corresponding at other box side terminals
Before standby side terminal contacts, box side ground terminal contacts with corresponding equipment side ground terminal.Even if at less desirable high electricity
Pressure is when being applied to box, the grounding function of box side ground terminal remain to advantageously to prevent or reduce temperature that high voltage causes and
Fault.
17th aspect:
According to the box of the 16th aspect, wherein, the Z-direction length of box side ground terminal is more than other box side terminal
Z-direction length.
Box according to the 17th aspect ensure that contacting between box side ground terminal and equipment side ground terminal.
18th aspect:
A kind of box being releasably attached to printing equipment, printing equipment includes: box mounting structure, and it is configured to allow for
Install and unload box;Printing material supply pipe, it is configured to have base terminal and outer peripheral end, and base terminal is arranged on box and installs knot
On the bottom surface of structure, the printing material that outer peripheral end will be connected with box and be configured to will be received in box is supplied to the end;Multiple
Equipment side terminal, it is set to contact with box;And bar, it is set to be used to install and unload box, and wherein, Z axis represents
The axle parallel with the centrage C of printing material supply pipe, X-axis represents arranges printing material supply pipe and equipment side terminal along it
And the axle vertical with Z axis, and Y-axis represents the axle vertical with both Z axis and X-axis, and wherein ,+Z-direction represents along Z axis
The direction held to the periphery from the base terminal of printing material supply pipe ,-Z-direction represents and+direction that Z-direction is contrary ,+X-axis
Direction represents along X-axis from printing material supply pipe to the direction of equipment side terminal, and-X-direction represents contrary with+X-direction
Direction ,+Y direction represents along Y direction to the direction of one end, and-Y direction represents along Y direction to another
The direction of end, wherein, under box is installed to the installment state of box mounting structure, equipment side terminal contacts with box, with by power
Along including+specific direction of Z-direction composition is applied to box, and bar have the control member at+Z-direction end and
The first equipment side at-Z-direction end limits element, so that box to carry out locking thus constrained box fortune in+Z-direction
Dynamic, the ad-hoc location that bar is wound between control member and the first equipment side restriction element rotates as rotary shaft, wherein, X-axis,
Y-axis and Z axis correspond to the X-axis of box, Y-axis and Z axis relative to the box being under installment state.Box includes: ink feed structure, its
Be positioned at box-Z-direction end at, to be connected with printing material supply pipe;Circuit board, its be positioned at ink feed structure+X-axis
On side, direction and have to including+surface that tilts of the specific direction of X-direction composition and-Z-direction composition;Multiple box sides
Terminal, it is set to corresponding with each equipment side terminal and is positioned on the surface of circuit board, with from equipment side terminal reception
Along including+power of the specific direction of Z-direction composition;And the first box side restricted part, it is configured to by the first equipment
The motion in+Z-direction of lateral spacing element locking and thus constrained box, and it is positioned at+the X of printing material Supply Structure
On direction of principal axis side.
One or both in two features can having in following two embodiment constructed above.An embodiment
In, supplementary features are that the first box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within the specific location close to plate end, and plate end is positioned at the table of circuit board
Face+Z-direction side on.In another embodiment, box side terminal includes: the first terminal, and it includes being positioned at+Y direction
The first of end is outside;And second terminal, it includes being positioned at-Y direction end second outside, wherein, the first box lateral spacing system
Part is not the most located at outside the scope between the first outside and the second outside, and within the scope of this.
Box according to the 18th aspect has the first box side restricted part stopped by the lever lock of printing equipment.First box lateral spacing
Part processed be positioned at the rotary shaft of bar-Z-direction side on.This structure need not as root between the rotary shaft and control member of bar
According to the box of above-mentioned first aspect, there is any engagement member like that, and there is have similar with those boxes according to first aspect
Benefit effect.Such as, shorten the distance between bar and box according to the box of the 18th aspect, thus allow reduce printing equipment and
Including box and printing equipment whole printing material supply system size in the X-axis direction.
In the box according to the 18th aspect, the first box lateral spacing system be partially disposed within the rotary shaft of bar-Z-direction side
On.This makes it possible to the motion in+Z-direction of as the box according to above-mentioned first aspect constrained box, and has and root
The beneficial effect similar according to those boxes of first aspect limits.Such as, which ensure that between box side terminal and equipment side terminal
More stable electrical connection, and reduce poor seriality.
According to following example, in this embodiment: box side terminal includes: the first terminal, it includes being positioned at+Y-axis side
Outside to the first of end;And second terminal, it includes being positioned at-Y direction end second outside, wherein, the first box lateral spacing
Part processed is not the most located at outside the scope between the first outside and the second outside, and within the scope of this.This makes
Obtain the direction that the chamfered surface that it on be provided with box side terminal can be fine-tuned, similar with the box according to first embodiment.I.e.
Make on the inclined-plane of the position of each equipment side terminal or the first box side restricted part due to manufacture mistake and when changing, this tiltedly
What the intense adjustment in direction, face ensure that between box side terminal with equipment side terminal stable electrically connects.
According to following example, the first box lateral spacing system be partially disposed within be positioned at+Z-direction side on plate end, at this
In embodiment: the first box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within the specific location close to plate end, plate end be positioned at the surface of circuit board+
On Z-direction side.In other words, the first box side restricted part is arranged to as close possible to box side terminal.Because the first box lateral spacing
Part processed is stopped by lever lock, so the periphery of the first box side restricted part has position move substantially without by the external force being applied to box
Dynamic.Box side terminal is arranged on the position moved minimum position and prevents each box side terminal position relative to box mounting structure
Putting mispairing, thus maintaining between box side terminal with equipment side terminal stable electrically connects.
19th aspect:
A kind of printing material supply system, comprising: printing equipment;And appoint according in first aspect to the 18th aspect
What described box, printing equipment includes: box mounting structure, and it is configured to have: (i) equipment side diapire component;(ii)
First equipment side side wall member, it is set to intersect with equipment side diapire component;And (iii) second equipment side side wall member,
It is set to intersect with equipment side diapire component and relative with the first equipment side side wall member;Printing material supply pipe, its quilt
Being configured with base terminal and outer peripheral end, base terminal is arranged on equipment side diapire component, outer peripheral end will be connected with box and
The printing material being configured to will be received in box is supplied to the end;Multiple equipment side terminals, it is arranged on office, equipment side corner,
Equipment side diapire component and the first equipment side side wall member intersect in this place;And bar, it is rotatably provided at
In one equipment side side wall member, to be used for box being installed to printing equipment or unloading from it, wherein, Z axis represents and printing material
The axle parallel for centrage C of material supply pipe, X-axis represents arranges printing material supply pipe and equipment side terminal and and Z along it
The axle that axle is vertical, and Y-axis represents the axle vertical with both Z axis and X-axis, and wherein ,+Z-direction represents along Z axis from printing material
The direction held to the periphery of base terminal of material supply pipe ,-Z-direction represents and+direction that Z-direction is contrary, and+X-direction represents
Along X-axis from printing material supply pipe to the direction of equipment side terminal ,-X-direction represents and+direction that X-direction is contrary ,+Y
Direction of principal axis represents along Y direction to the direction of one end, and-Y direction represents along Y direction to the direction of the other end,
Wherein, under box is installed to the installment state of box mounting structure, equipment side terminal contacts with box, with by power along including+Z
The specific direction of direction of principal axis composition is applied to box, and bar has the control member at+Z-direction end and in-Z-direction
The first equipment side at end limits element, and so that box to carry out locking thus constrained box motion in+Z-direction, bar is wound on
The ad-hoc location that control member and the first equipment side limit between element rotates as rotary shaft.
Printing material supply system according to the 19th aspect includes according in first aspect to the 18th aspect any one
Box described in Xiang, to allow to reduce the size of printing material supply system in both X-direction and Z-direction, and reduces
First equipment side limits the element probability from the first box lateral spacing past release locking.Which ensure that box side terminal and equipment side
Stable electrical connection between terminal, and reduce poor seriality.
As being appreciated by those skilled in the art, embodiments of the invention relate to print cartridge, print cartridge and printing equipment
Combination or a part for printing equipment, wherein, print cartridge be installed to be suitable for providing ink to printing equipment equipment and
System, wherein this system include printing equipment (or one part) and/or wherein this system do not include printing equipment.
In one embodiment of the invention, disclose a kind of being suitable for be releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus
Print cartridge, wherein, on it, the ink-jet printing apparatus of installation print cartridge includes the bar with bonding part.Printing equipment preferably includes many
The contact of individual equipment side forms component, and it is constructed and arranged to after box is installed on printing equipment, when print cartridge is by equipment
Elastic force is applied to print cartridge when forming component pressure by side contacts.Print cartridge preferably includes: box body, and it includes front portion or the first table
Face, rear portion or second surface, top or the 3rd surface and bottom or the 4th surface, anterior or first surface and rear portion or the second table
Face toward each other and top or the 3rd surface and bottom or the 4th surface relative to each other.Print cartridge includes the ink for accommodating ink
Hydroecium.Print cartridge also preferably includes electronic installation.Print cartridge also includes ink feed structure, and it is positioned at the bottom or the 4th of box body
Surface, ink feed structure has the leading edge on installation direction, and leading edge defines the plane of print cartridge, ink at this plane
Water Supply Structure is suitable for and is configured to from ink chamber, ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus.Print cartridge can also include terminal
Supporting structure, its front portion orientating immediately box body as or first surface, terminal support structure has with electronic installation therein even
The multiple conductance electric terminals connect.When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, terminal is suitable for and is disposed in terminal supporting
In structure, with contact formation component contact and receive from it elastic force.Terminal is arranged substantially in terminal plane, terminal
Plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane limited by leading edge.Print cartridge preferably includes the first restricted part, and it is fitted
Engage together in the bonding part with bar, to limit print cartridge motion on the direction contrary with installation direction, the first restricted part
Bonding part be positioned adjacent to terminal support structure.The bonding part of the first restricted part preferably positions and is positioned at terminal supporting
Structure is neighbouring.
In one embodiment, terminal plane becomes about 20 to 50 angles spent with the plane limited by leading edge, preferably from
About 25 degree to 40 degree.
Terminal support structure is critically important with intersecting for suitably mounting box of printing equipment.As discussed here,
By angled cooperation, box can accept power upwardly and rearwardly.These power contribute to being held in place box.
In one embodiment, when front portion or the first surface observing box body under the prone state of ink feed structure
Time, the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned at the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminal and multiple terminal
The right side of the left hand edge of leftmost side terminal.
In one embodiment, terminal is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure, with the contact portion at terminal
Place contacts with contacting formation component and receives elastic force.Contact portion is essentially disposed in contact portion plane.At this
In embodiment, when observing front portion or the first surface of box body under the prone state of ink feed structure, the first limiting unit
Point bonding part may be located at the right hand edge that the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned at the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminal
The right side of the left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal of left side and multiple terminal.In one embodiment, contact portion plane with by front
The edge limited angle between plane Cheng Yue 25 to 40 degree.
In one embodiment, box is additionally included in the second restricted part on the rear portion of print cartridge or second surface.Second limit
Part processed is preferably adapted to and is configured to the various piece with ink-jet printing apparatus engage.In this embodiment, when along
During vertical with the plane limited by leading edge orientation measurement distance, the bonding part of the second restricted part limits with by leading edge
Plane between distance more than the first restricted part bonding part and the plane limited by leading edge between distance.
In one embodiment, when the bonding part from the first restricted part, to the right and ink feed structure is prone
During that unilateral observation print cartridge, when along vertical with the plane limited by leading edge orientation measurement distance, the first restricted part
Bonding part and the plane limited by leading edge between distance less than when box is mounted the pivotal point of bar with by leading edge
Distance between the plane limited.
In one embodiment, when the bonding part from the first restricted part, to the right and ink feed structure is prone
During that unilateral observation print cartridge, when box is mounted, the bonding part of the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of bar.
In one embodiment, when at the front portion of ink feed structure prone state observation box body or first surface
Time, the bonding part of the first restricted part at least some of generally within the width midway of print cartridge at.
In a preferred embodiment, leading edge the plane limited is in bottom or the 4th lower face.In other embodiments,
It is concordant with bottom.In other embodiments, it is recessed in bottom or the 4th surface.
In one embodiment, disclose a kind of ink supply system by ink feed to ink-jet printing apparatus, wherein,
Ink-jet printing apparatus includes that the contact of multiple equipment side forms component.Ink supply system preferably includes the ink for accommodating ink
Hydroecium and ink feed structure, it is suitable for and is configured to from ink chamber, ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus.Ink supplies
Answering structure to have the leading edge on installation direction, leading edge defines plane.Ink feed structure preferably includes electronic installation.
Ink supply system can also include terminal support structure, and it has multiple conductance electric terminal, in ink feed structure by ink
When water is fed to printing equipment, terminal is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure, with the contact site office of terminal with
Contact forms component and contacts and receive from it elastic force.Ink supply system can also include the first restricted part, and it is suitable for
Engage with the bonding part of the bar on printing equipment, with limit terminal support structure and terminal thereon with installation direction phase
The anti-motion on direction.The bonding part of the first restricted part is preferably located to neighbouring with terminal support structure.Work as ink
When Supply Structure is by ink feed to printing equipment, terminal can be arranged substantially in terminal plane, this terminal plane neither with
The plane limited by leading edge is parallel the most perpendicular.Or, terminal support structure determines this plane and/or this plane
Limited by the terminal contacted with each structure on printing equipment.
In an embodiment of system, when ink feed structure is by ink feed to printing equipment, terminal plane with
The plane limited by leading edge becomes the angle of about 20 to 50 degree, preferably from about 25 degree to 40 degree.
In an embodiment of system, when ink feed structure be arranged in place with by ink feed to printing equipment
Time, the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned at the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminal and multiple terminal
The right side of the left hand edge of leftmost side terminal.
In an embodiment of system, terminal is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure, with connecing at terminal
Contact portion office contacts with contacting formation component and receives from it elastic force.Contact portion is arranged substantially in contact portion plane
In.When ink feed structure is arranged in place with during by ink feed to printing equipment, and the bonding part of the first restricted part can
Right side with the leftmost side contact portion in the left side and multiple terminal that are positioned at the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminal.Contact site
Point can limit with the plane limited by leading edge in beyond 0 degree and be less than the angle of 90 degree.When ink is supplied by ink feed structure
When should arrive printing equipment, contact portion the plane limited preferably becomes beyond 20 degree with the plane limited by leading edge and is less than
The angle of 50 degree.
In one embodiment, ink feed structure also includes main body, and it includes front portion or first surface, rear portion or second
Surface, anterior or first surface and rear portion or second surface are relative to each other.Ink supply system can also include with main body after
Portion or second surface restricted part (it is referred to as the second restricted part) immediately, and with anterior or first surface end immediately
Sub-supporting structure.Second restricted part can include bonding part, and it is each that it is suitable for and is configured to ink-jet printing apparatus
Individual part engages.When along vertical with the plane limited by leading edge orientation measurement distance, the joint of the second restricted part
Distance between part and the plane limited by leading edge is more than being limited with by leading edge by the bonding part of the first restricted part
Plane between distance.
In one embodiment, the second restricted part can with the rear portion of main body or second surface immediately, terminal supporting knot
Immediately, the various piece that the second restricted part is suitable for and is configured to ink-jet printing apparatus connects for structure and front portion or first surface
Close, wherein, when along vertical with the plane limited by leading edge orientation measurement distance, the bonding part of the second restricted part
And the distance between the plane limited by leading edge is flat with limited by leading edge more than by the bonding part of the first restricted part
Distance between face.
In one embodiment, when along vertical with the plane limited by leading edge orientation measurement distance, the first limit
Distance between bonding part and the plane limited by leading edge of part processed less than when ink supply system by ink feed to
Distance between pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge of bar during printing equipment.
In one embodiment, when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment, the joint of the first restricted part
Part is when right side and ink feed structural plane are downward, and the bonding part of the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of bar.
In one embodiment, ink supply system includes and terminal support structure main body immediately, and when ink supplies
When answering system by ink feed to printing equipment, the bonding part of the first restricted part at least some of is generally within main body
At width midway.
In one embodiment, ink supply system also includes adapter, wherein, ink feed structure, terminal supporting knot
Structure and the first restricted part) it is positioned on adapter, and ink chamber is suitable for and is configured to coordinating with adapter.At another
In individual embodiment, ink supply system also includes adapter, and wherein, terminal support structure and the first restricted part are positioned at adaptation
On device, ink feed structure is positioned in ink chamber and ink chamber is suitable for and is configured to coordinating with adapter.Or, it is
System also includes adapter, ink tank, pipeline and minor adaptations outside ink-jet printing apparatus, and wherein, ink feed is tied
Structure is positioned on minor adaptations, and terminal support structure and the first restricted part are positioned on adapter, and work as ink feed
When system is by ink feed to printing equipment, ink is fed to minor adaptations from outer pot by pipeline.
In one embodiment, system includes that main body, main body include that top and bottom, top and bottom are relative to each other, its
In, leading edge the plane limited is substantially flush with bottom.
The present invention is not limited to box, print cartridge and above-mentioned printing equipment or the combination of printing material supply system, but permissible
Other different aspects are had to implement, such as, fluid cartridge, liquid container, printing material housing device, box adapter, circuit board, printing
Equipment, liquid injection device and include the liquid delivery system of liquid injection device and fluid cartridge.The present invention be not limited to
Upper aspect, but can make various changes and modifications for these aspects, and without departing from the scope of the present invention.When statement print cartridge
During combination with printing equipment and/or ink-jet printing apparatus, it should be understood that print cartridge is assembled, install or be arranged to printing equipment
On.
When connection with figures is read, the above description of foregoing general content and embodiment will become clearer, attached
Reference similar in figure represents similar assembly.In order to illustrate the equipment of the application, some enforcement shown in the drawings
Example.It should be appreciated, however, that the application is not limited to accurate layout, structure, feature, embodiment, aspect and the equipment of diagram, and
And diagram layout, structure, feature, embodiment, aspect and equipment can be used alone or with other layout, structure, spy
Levy, embodiment, aspect and equipment are used in combination.
Accompanying drawing has not necessarily been drawn to scale, and is in no way intended to limit the scope of the present invention, but only for clarifying this
Bright single diagram embodiment.In the accompanying drawings:
Accompanying drawing explanation
Fig. 1 shows the axonometric chart of the structure of printing material supply system;
Fig. 2 shows the axonometric chart of the keeper having mounted to box thereon;
Fig. 3 shows the axonometric chart of the keeper having mounted to box thereon;
Fig. 4 shows the top view of the keeper having mounted to box thereon;
Fig. 5 is the sectional view taken along the line F4-F4 in Fig. 4;
Fig. 5 A shows the sectional view of the keeper having mounted to box thereon;
Fig. 6 A shows power is how to be applied to bar from box;
Fig. 6 B shows power is how to be applied to bar from box;
Fig. 7 shows the axonometric chart of the structure of box;
Fig. 8 is the upward view of box;
Fig. 9 is the sectional view obtained along the line F8-F8 in Fig. 8;
Fig. 9 A shows box and the figure of bar when box is for its installation site;
Figure 10 A shows the concrete structure of circuit board;
Figure 10 B shows the concrete structure of circuit board;
Figure 11 is the rearview of box;
Figure 12 is the front view of box;
Figure 13 is the left view of box;
Figure 14 is to maintain the axonometric chart of the structure of part;
Figure 15 is to maintain the axonometric chart of the structure of part;
Figure 16 shows the top view of the structure of keeper;
Figure 17 is the sectional view of the line F16-F16 acquirement along Figure 16;
Figure 18 is the axonometric chart of contact mechanism;
Figure 19 shows the axonometric chart of the outward appearance of bar;
Figure 20 shows the sectional view of the axis body of the bar along the plane acquirement parallel with X-axis and Z axis;
Figure 21 is the axonometric chart of bar;
Figure 22 is to maintain the exploded perspective view of part and the axonometric chart of bar;
Figure 23 shows the sectional view of the peripheral structure of bar in box is installed to the installment state of keeper;
Figure 24 shows that box is installed to the step of keeper;
Figure 25 shows that box is installed to the step of keeper;
Figure 26 shows that box is installed to the step of keeper;
Figure 27 shows that box is installed to the step of keeper;
Figure 27 A is mounted to the close up view of the box of keeper;
Figure 27 B is mounted to the close up view of the box of keeper;
Figure 28 shows the block diagram of electronic structure;
Figure 29 shows the connection between circuit board and mounting testing circuit;
Figure 30 shows the external force being applied to box in installment state;
Figure 31 shows the intense adjustment in the direction on inclined-plane;
Figure 32 A shows an example of beneficial effect;
Figure 32 B shows an example of beneficial effect;
Figure 32 C shows an example of beneficial effect;
Figure 32 D shows an example of beneficial effect;
Figure 32 E shows an example of beneficial effect;
Figure 32 F shows an example of beneficial effect;
Figure 33 shows the printer according to the second embodiment;
Figure 34 shows the axonometric chart of the outward appearance of the box according to the 3rd embodiment;
Figure 35 A shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments;
Figure 35 B shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments;
Figure 35 C shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments;
Figure 35 D shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments;
Figure 35 E shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments;
Figure 35 F shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments;
Figure 35 G shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments;
Figure 35 H shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments;
Figure 35 I shows the concept map of the box with lengthwise terminal;
Figure 35 J shows the concept map with the box being arranged in the contact mechanism outside circuit board;
Figure 36 shows the axonometric chart of the structure of the box with the adapter according to an embodiment;
Figure 37 shows the axonometric chart of the structure of the box with the adapter according to another embodiment;
Figure 37 B shows the axonometric chart of the box including adapter and container assemblies;
Figure 38 shows the axonometric chart of the structure of the box with the adapter according to another embodiment;
Figure 39 A shows the structure of the bar according to a modification;
Figure 39 B shows the structure of the bar according to a modification;
Figure 40 shows the installation to keeper of the box according to a modification;
Figure 41 A shows the modification of terminal shape;
Figure 41 B shows the modification of terminal shape;
Figure 41 C shows the modification of terminal shape;
Figure 42 A shows the figure of the wiping amount of plate terminal and the relation of plate inclination angle phi;
Figure 42 B shows the wiping amount of plate terminal;
Figure 43 A shows the figure of the upward force of equipment side ground terminal and the relation of plate inclination angle phi;
Figure 43 B shows the upward force of equipment side ground terminal;
Figure 44 shows the figure of the wiping amount of plate terminal and another relation of plate inclination angle phi;And
Figure 45 shows the figure of the upward force of equipment side ground terminal and another relation of plate inclination angle phi.
Specific embodiment
Some enforcements of the present invention are described in order to clarify structure and the operation of the present invention, below with reference to width figure further
Example.
A. first embodiment
A-1. the ordinary construction of printing material supply system
Fig. 1 shows the axonometric chart of the structure of printing material supply system 10.XYZ axle perpendicular to one another shows in FIG
Go out.XYZ axle in Fig. 1 is corresponding to the XYZ axle in other accompanying drawings.In accompanying drawing subsequently, XYZ axle is shown needs when.
Printing material supply system 10 includes box 20 and the printer 50 as printing equipment.In printing material supply system 10, box
20 are removably attached to the keeper 60 of printer 50 by user.
Each box 20 in printing material supply system 10 accommodates the ink as printing material.It is contained in the use in box 20
Make the ink of printing material and be supplied to 540 by ink feed structure and printing material supply pipe (being described below).Root
Structure accordingly, multiple boxes 20 are removably attachable to the keeper 60 of printer 50.More specifically, accommodate six kinds of differences respectively
Six boxes 20 of color ink (that is, black, yellow, carmetta, shallow carmetta, cyan, light cyan) are installed to keeper 60.
Those skilled in the art it is apparent that, although description here refer to ink, it is envisioned that for printing any thing
Matter can be used by the mode more particularly described below referring below to disclosed box, a combination thereof and/or supply system, and
And the present invention should thus not limit.
According to other embodiments, the number of the box being installed to keeper 60 is not limited to six, and can be more than or few
In six.According to other embodiments, the number of different colours ink is not limited to six colors, but can be more or less than six
Individual color.According to other embodiments, the two or more box 20 being installed to keeper 60 can accommodate a kind of same color ink.Box
20 and the concrete structure of keeper 60 will be described below.
The printer 50 of the printing material supply system 10 shown in Fig. 1 is the compact ink jet printing for personal use
Machine.In addition to keeper 60, printer 50 also has controller 510 and includes the balladeur train 520 of keeper 60.Balladeur train 520 is also
Including 540.Ink is passed through printing material supply pipe (being described below) from the box 20 being installed to keeper 60 by printer 50
There is provided to the end 540, and from the beginning 540 ink is discharged to printed medium 90 (such as printing paper or label), with at printed medium
Various data, such as character row, accompanying drawing and picture is printed on 90.Although having been described in detail about ink-jet printer, but
It will be understood to those of skill in the art that the present invention one asks as follows and be applied to other printing type and printings more particularly described belowly
Material supply system, and the present invention should thus not limit.
The controller 510 of printer 50 is used for controlling the operation of the various piece of printer 50.The balladeur train 520 of printer 50
It is configured such that 540 reciprocally scan across printed medium 90.The 540 of printer 50 have inkjet mechanism, and it is by structure
Make as ink is ejected into printed medium 90 from the box 20 being installed to keeper 60.Controller 510 and balladeur train 520 are by via soft
Property cable 517 electrically connects.The inkjet mechanism of 540 is operated by the control signal from controller 510.
According to the present embodiment, balladeur train 520 has 540 and keeper 60.Such box 20 is installed to for moving
The printer 50 of the keeper 60 on the balladeur train 520 of dynamic 540 is called " frame above formula " printer.Implement according to another
Example, keeper 60 can be arranged on the various location of balladeur train 520, and ink can be by from being installed to the every of keeper 60
Individual box 20 provides the 540 of balladeur train 520 by flexible pipe.Such printer is called " from posture " printer.
According to the present embodiment, printer 50 has main scanning feed mechanism and second scanning feed mechanism, and it is by balladeur train 520 He
Printed medium 90 relative movement, and perform printing on printed medium 90.The main scanning feed mechanism of printer 50 includes sliding
Frame motor 522 and drive belt 524, and via drive belt 524, the power of carriage motor 522 is passed to balladeur train 520, make sliding
Frame 520 moves back and forth on main scanning direction.The second scanning feed mechanism of printer 50 includes feeding motor 532 and platen volume
Cylinder 534, and the power of feeding motor 532 is passed to platen 534, with in the subscan side vertical with main scanning direction
Upwards transport printed medium 90.The carriage motor 522 of main scanning feed mechanism and the feeding motor 532 of second scanning feed mechanism
Action is carried out based on the control signal from controller 510.
According to the present embodiment, when printing material supply system 10 is under normally used state, X-axis represents along pair
The axle of scanning direction (fore-and-aft direction), printed medium 90 is by along sub scanning direction feeding.Y-axis represents along main scanning direction
The axle of (left and right directions or lateral when from front viewing system 10) back and forth moves along main scanning direction as Y-axis, balladeur train 520
Dynamic.Z axis represents the axle along gravity direction (vertical direction).The use state of printing material supply system 10 refers to be arranged on water
The state of the printing material supply system 10 on flat face.In the present embodiment, the face of level is the face parallel with X-axis and Y-axis,
That is, XY face.
According to the present embodiment ,+X-direction represents that, by sub scanning direction (forward direction) ,-X-direction represents its phase negative side
To (backward directions) ,+Z-direction represent along the direction contrary with gravity direction from the bottom of printing material supply system 10 to
The direction (upward direction) at top, and-Z-direction represents and+direction that Z-direction is contrary, i.e. and gravity direction is (downwards
To).In the present embodiment ,+X-direction side (front side) is the front of printing material supply system 10.According to the present embodiment ,+Y-axis
Direction represents from the right flank of printing material supply system 10 towards the direction (left direction) of left surface, and-Y direction table
Show its rightabout (right direction).In the present embodiment, the multiple boxes 20 being installed in keeper 60 are by the side along Y-axis
Arrange to (left and right directions or lateral, it is referred to as " Y direction ").Similarly, along X-axis direction (fore-and-aft direction) and
Direction (vertical direction) along Z axis is called " X-direction " and " Z " direction of principal axis.
A-2. box 20 is arranged on the structure of keeper 60
Fig. 2 and Fig. 3 is the axonometric chart illustrating the keeper 60 having mounted to box 20 thereon.Fig. 4 is to illustrate to have peace
Install to the top view of the keeper 60 of box 20 thereon.In the state shown in Fig. 2 to Fig. 4, a box 20 is suitably pacified
Install to the design and installation position of keeper 60.The state " being suitably attached to design and installation position " and " installation site " represent
Box 20 attached (or differently saying, arrangement) so that box side terminal is positioned at and is included in the contact mechanism of printer 50 (afterwards
Be described) in the position that contacts respectively of corresponding side apparatus side terminal.
As shown in Figures 2 and 3, the keeper 60 of printer 50 has 5 wall members 601,603,604,605,606.By
The depression that these five wall members are formed is as box room or box mounting structure 602.Box room 602 is divided into multiple groove by partition wall 607
(installing space), receives each box 20.Partition wall 607 is as box 20 inserts the guiding piece of each groove, but can be fitted
Local omission.Each groove have printing material supply pipe 640, contact mechanism 70, bar the 80, second equipment side limit element 620 with
And the jut 636 of element is limited as the 3rd equipment side.One side (+Z-direction side, end face) of each groove is open
, and box 20 is installed to keeper 60 via the side (open end face) of this opening or removes from it.
Box 20 (is hereinafter entered by bar 80 and the second equipment side restriction element 620 locking and ink feed structure with box 20
Line description) state that is connected with printing material supply pipe 640 is installed to keeper 60.This state is called that " box 20 is to guarantor
The installment state of gripping member 60 ", referred to as " installation " state, or additionally it is referred to as " arrangement " state.By printing material supply pipe
640 are connected with the ink feed structure of box 20 so that being provided to the end 540 as the ink of the printing material being contained in box 20
(Fig. 1).Printing material supply pipe 640 have be positioned at+Z-direction side on outer peripheral end 642 (also referred to as " connection end ") with
And be positioned at-Z-direction side on base terminal 645.Base terminal 645 is arranged on wall member 601, and outer peripheral end 642 and box 20
Ink feed structure connect.Printing material supply pipe 640 has the central shaft C parallel with Z axis.From base terminal 645 along
Mandrel C is+Z-direction to the direction of outer peripheral end 642.
As in figure 2 it is shown, elastomeric element 648 is arranged on ink tubes 640 around, to seal the box being in installment state
The periphery of the ink feed structure of 20, prevents ink from leaking into periphery from ink feed structure.In installment state, elastic
Part 648 applies to comprise+the exerting pressure of the component of Z-direction to box 20.
In (arrangement) state of installation, it is arranged on the terminal on the circuit board (being described afterwards) of box 20 and holding
Electrical connection permission between the terminal of the contact mechanism 70 in each groove of part 60 is transmitted various between box 20 and printer 50
Information.
Fig. 5 is the sectional view of the line F4-F4 acquirement along Fig. 4.Jut 636 is omitted in the example shown.Printer 50
Printing material supply pipe 640 is connected with the ink feed structure 280 of box 20 so that ink is flowed via printing material from box 20
540 (Fig. 1) to the end is supplied in path 282.
According to the present embodiment, it is used for filtering the porous filter 644 from the ink of box 20 supply and is arranged on printing material
At the outer peripheral end 642 of supply pipe 640.Porous filter 644 can be such as made up of stainless (steel) wire or rustless steel weaving cloth.According to
Another embodiment, porous filter can not be positioned at the outer peripheral end 642 of printing material supply pipe 640.
The contact mechanism 70 of printer 50 be positioned at printing material supply pipe 640+X-direction side on, and be configured to
Can be with the termination contact on the circuit board 40 being arranged on box 20.In the installment state of box 20, including+Z-direction vector one-tenth
The Pt that exerts pressure divided is applied to circuit board 40 by the terminal from contact mechanism 70.In the installment state of box 20, along+Z axis side
To the Ps that exerts pressure be applied to ink feed structure 280 from elastomeric element 648.
For mounting and dismounting the bar 80 of box 20 and have at it+control member 830 of Z-direction end and its-Z-direction
Bonding part 810 at end.First equipment side limits element or bonding part 810 and (describes it more particularly below first to set
Standby side chain stops face) it is configured in installment state connect with the first box side restricted part 210 at the first lock position 810L
Close.First lock position 810L contact site between the terminal being arranged on circuit board 40 and contact mechanism 70+Z axis side
On side and on+X-direction side.Bonding part 810 engages, with constrained box 20 in+Z axis side with the first box side restricted part 210
Motion upwards.
Bar 80 pivots around axle 800c position between control member 830 and bonding part 810.The rotary shaft of bar 80
800c be positioned at the first lock position 810L+Z-direction side and in+X-direction side.
User uses the control member 830 of bar 80 to be removed from keeper 60 by box 20.In order to remove box 20, Yong Huyan
-control member 830 presses by X-direction.This pressure (will be called from+X-direction side towards power Pr of-X-direction side
" operating physical force Pr ") it is applied to control member 830.Bar 80 is rotated by this operating physical force Pr around axle 800c, and by edge, bonding part 810
+ X-direction removes from the first lock position 810L.This relieves connecing of the first box side restricted part 210 and bonding part 810
Close, and box 20 can be removed from keeper 60.
Second equipment side limits element 620 and is arranged in side wall member 604, and is configured in the second lock position
Engage with the second box side restricted part 220 at 620L.According to the present embodiment, the second equipment side limits element 620 and is formed in guarantor
Through hole in the side wall member 604 of gripping member 60.Second lock position 620L be positioned at printing material supply pipe 640+Z-direction side
With-X-direction side.Second equipment side limits element 620 and second box side restricted part 220 (the also referred to as second restriction unit
Part 220) engage, with the constrained box 20 motion in+Z-direction.As it has been described above, box 20 is being installed along moving of+Z-direction
In state by its+X-direction end and its-both X-direction ends limit.
(the second box side restricted part 220 limits element 620 in this position with the second equipment side and connects second lock position 620L
Touch) it is used as pivotal point, box 20 is installed to keeper 60 around this pivot point and unloads from keeper 60.In other words,
Box 20 rotates along the plane parallel with Z axis and X-axis around the second lock position 620L, carries out mounting and dismounting the second box lateral spacing
Part 220 processed and the second equipment side limit the element 620 rotation correspondingly as the box 20 for installing or unload box 20 and pivot
Point.Box 20 will be specifically described below to the installation of keeper 60 and unload.
As it is shown in figure 5, in installment state, the first lock position 810L is located at-Z-direction side on away from the second locking position
Put the position of 620L distance Dz.This reduce the first box side restricted part 210 by the pressure being applied to box 20 from keeper 60
Power Ps and Pt and the probability that departs from from bonding part 810.Therefore box 20 can be stably retained in the installation site of design.
Fig. 6 A and Fig. 6 B shows the power being applied to bar 80 at the first lock position 810L from box 20.At Fig. 6 A
One lock position 810L be positioned at the second lock position 620L-Z-direction side on state in, power F1 is applied everywhere from box 20
Bar 80 at the first lock position 810L.The first lock position 810L of Fig. 6 B be positioned at the second lock position 620L+Z axis
In state on side, direction, power F2 is applied to be in the bar 80 at the first lock position 810L from box 20.Shown in Fig. 6 A
Power F1 has identical size with power F2 shown in Fig. 6 B.
Fig. 6 A and Fig. 6 B schematically shows the first lock position 810L, the second lock position 620L and rotary shaft 800c
(also referred to as " pivoting centre 800c ") position relationship relative to each other in X-axis and Z axis.Shown in Fig. 6 A and Fig. 6 B
Difference between two position relationships is second lock position 620L difference on Z axis.Arc shown in Fig. 6 A and Fig. 6 B
RT1 shows the first lock position 810L rotational trajectory around rotary shaft 800c.Arc RT2 shown in Fig. 6 A and Fig. 6 B illustrates
The first lock position 810L rotational trajectory around the second lock position 620L.
In the example illustrated in fig. 6, the first lock position 810L be positioned at the second lock position 620L-Z-direction side
On, therefore power F1 (it is applied at the first lock position 810L along the tangential direction of arc RT2) has+X-direction vector
Component and+Z-direction vector component.Therefore power F1 be broken down into vector components F1t and the edge of the tangential direction along arc RT1
The vector components F1r of the radial direction of arc RT1.
In the example illustrated in fig. 6b, the first lock position 810L be positioned at the second lock position 620L+Z-direction side
On, therefore power F2 (it is applied at the first lock position 810L along the tangential direction of arc RT2) has-X-direction vector
Component and+Z-direction vector component.Therefore power F2 be broken down into vector components F2t and the edge of the tangential direction along arc RT1
The vector components F2r of the radial direction of arc RT1.
If be clearly understood that by the comparison between accompanying drawing 6A and Fig. 6 B, when the size of power F1 is equal to the size of power F2
Time (F1=F2), the first lock position 810L, the second lock position 620L and rotary shaft 800c position relationship relative to each other
Cause the vector components " F1t < F2t " for the tangential direction along arc RT1, and for the radial direction side along arc RT1
To vector components " F1t > F2t ".Compared to the state shown in Fig. 6 B, the state in Fig. 6 A has from box 20 towards bar 80
The bigger force vector composition of rotary shaft 800c, and have along will make bar 80 around rotary shaft 800c clockwise (that is, from
+ Y direction is observed) the less force vector composition of rotation direction.In other words, it is positioned at compared to by the first lock position 810L
Second lock position 620L+Z-direction side on, the first lock position 810L is positioned at the second lock position 620L-Z axis
Side, direction more effectively reduces the probability that the first box side restricted part 210 departs from from bonding part 810.In any state
In, there is no power along+X-direction applying, engage with release at the first lock position 810L, therefore both states provide
Advantages below: reduce the probability that the first box side restricted part 210 will depart from from bonding part 810.
A-3. the detailed composition of box:
Fig. 7 shows the solid of the structure of the box 20 of an example as box according to an embodiment of the invention
Figure.Fig. 8 is the upward view of box 20.Fig. 9 is the sectional view obtained along the line F8-F8 in Fig. 8.Figure 10 A and Figure 10 B shows electricity
The concrete structure of road plate 40.Figure 10 A is the figure from the circuit board 40 watched by the direction shown in the arrow F9 Fig. 9, and schemes
10B is the figure of the circuit board 40 of the arrow F10 viewing from Figure 10 A.According to the present embodiment, X-axis, Y-axis and Z axis represent and are being in
The axle on box 20 in installment state.In installment state+X-direction side box 20 before.Plane Yc shown in Fig. 8
It is the plane of the central authorities of the Y direction length through width or box 20, and parallel with Z axis and X-axis (that is, ZX plane).In Fig. 8
Plane CX illustrated is through central shaft C and the plane parallel with Z axis and X-axis (that is, ZX plane).
As it is shown in fig. 7, box 20 includes accommodating the ink chamber 200 of ink, housing 22, ink feed structure 280, circuit board 40
With the first box side restricted part 210.Box 20 is installed to keeper 60 along installation direction SD, and this installation direction is-Z-direction
(vertically downward direction in embodiment).Box 20 specifically towards or attitude during box 20 is actually inserted into keeper 60 one
As do not fix.During box 20 is installed to keeper 60, box 20 can tilt relative to Z axis.But, the tightliest
The state that connects and in installment state, ink feed structure 280 receives the printing material with the central shaft C parallel with Z axis
Supply pipe 640 so that specifically limiting towards by printing material supply pipe 640 of box 20, and therefore substantially along Z-direction pair
Accurate.For this reason, and because the general direction that moves when being installed in keeper 60 of box 20 is along-Z-direction,
So-Z-direction is considered the installation direction of box 20.Due to same cause ,+Z-direction is considered box 20
Overflowed from keeper 60 removes direction RD (Fig. 9).Because-Z axis and+Z-direction are rightabouts, so installation direction SD
It is considered rightabout with removing direction RD.
Housing 22 (also referred to as " box body 22 ") defines the inner space of the ink chamber 200 including box 20.Housing 22
Also the outer wall surface of formation box 20 is at least some of, and can be by synthetic resin, and such as polypropylene (PP), makes.Box 20
It is the rectangular prism of the side with congruence or generally rectangular parallelepiped-shaped.A part for housing 22 can be by resin
Film is made.
Box 20 has length (X-direction length), width (Y direction length) and height (Z-direction length), Qi Zhongchang
Degree, height and width reduce according to this order.But, the magnitude relationship of the length of box 20, width and height is not limited to this
Sequentially, but can at random be determined;Such as, highly, length and width can with this order reduce, or height, length
Can be equal to each other with width.
The housing 22 of box 20 includes the first wall or bottom the 201, second wall or top the 202, the 3rd wall or the anterior 203, the 4th
Wall or rear portion the 204, the 5th wall the 205, the 6th wall 206, and connect wall 209.Connect wall 209 and include the 7th wall 207 and the 8th wall
208 (Fig. 9).First to the 8th wall 201-208 defines the inner space of the ink chamber 200 including box 20.In the following description,
It is assigned to the outer surface that the symbol 201 to 208 of the first to the 8th wall is also used to represent the wall of the housing 22 constituting box 20
(that is, first to octahedral 201-208).Outer surface (first to the octahedral) 201-208 of the first to the 8th wall is substantially planar.
" substantially planar " not only represents perfect flat surfaces, but can include having the most irregular plane of part.In other words,
" substantially planar " includes having the face of the slightly irregular housing 22 still still being recognizable as box 20 of part or putting down of wall
Face.
First face 201 (the first wall), the second face 202 (the second wall), the 3rd face 203 (the 3rd wall), fourth face 204 the (the 4th
Wall), the 5th face 205 (the 5th wall) and hexahedro 206 (the 6th walls) are also respectively referred to as bottom surface 201 (diapire), end face 202
(roof), front 203 (antetheca), the back side 204 (rear wall), left surface 205 (left wall) and right flank 206 (right wall).The appearance of wall
Face can also be called front portion 203, rear portion 204, top 202 and bottom 201, or is called the first to the 4th surface,
Wherein first surface represents anterior 205, and second surface represents that rear portion 204, the 3rd surface represent top 202, and the 4th surface
Bottom expression 201.
First face 201 and the second face 202 are the most relative to each other.First face 201 is positioned at-Z-direction side on, and
Second face 202 is positioned at+Z-direction side on.3rd face 205 and fourth face 204 are the most relative to each other.3rd 205, face
On+X-direction side, and fourth face 204 be positioned at-X-direction side on.5th face the 205 and the hexahedro 206th in the Y-axis direction that
This is relative.5th face 205 is positioned at+Y direction side on, and the hexahedro 206th be positioned at-Y direction side on.
According to the present embodiment, be positioned at-Z-direction side on the first face 201 in installment state, form bottom surface.First
201 is the X/Y plane parallel and vertical with Z axis with X-axis and Y-axis.First face 201 is horizontal plane in installment state.
Be positioned at+Z-direction side on the second face 202 in installment state, form end face.Second face 202 and the first face 201
Relative and parallel with the first face 201.Second face 202 is the plane (X/Y plane) parallel and vertical with Z axis with X-axis and Y-axis.
Second face 202 is horizontal plane in installment state.
Be positioned at+X-direction side on the 3rd face 203 in installment state, form side.3rd face 205 is perpendicular to first
201 and second face 202, and be the plane (YZ plane) parallel and vertical with X-axis with Y-axis and Z axis.In the 3rd face 205
Bian Zhong, is positioned at-limit 290 of Z-direction side is referred to as on " the first limit 290 ", and is positioned at limit 291 quilt on+Z-direction side
It is referred to as on " the second limit 291 ".In illustration herein, the statement of " two faces intersect each other or intersect " not only represents that two faces are real
State intersected with each other on border, is also represented by state and the elongated surfaces in two faces that the elongated surfaces in a face intersects with another face
The state intersected each other.
Be positioned at-X-direction side on fourth face 204 install or arrangement state in formed side.Fourth face 204 and first
Face 201 and the second face 202 are vertical.Fourth face 204 is parallel with the 3rd face 203.Fourth face 204 be vertical with Y-axis and Z axis and with
The plane (YZ plane) that X-axis is parallel.
Be positioned at+Y direction side on the 5th face 205 and be positioned at-Y direction side on the hexahedro 206th in installment state
Form side.5th face 205 is vertical with first to fourth face 201-204 with the hexahedro 206th.5th face 205 and the hexahedro 206th is
The plane (XZ plane) parallel and vertical with Y-axis with X-axis and Z axis.Hexahedro 206th is parallel with the 5th face 205.
As it is shown in figure 9, the first face 201 is connected by joint face 209 with the 3rd face 203.7th face 207 of joint face 209 with
First face 201 is vertical, and is the plane (YZ plane) parallel with Y-axis and Z axis.7th face 207 is erected relative to 201 one-tenth of the first face
Squareness is directed at, and can be called " step ".In other words, the 7th face 207 is prolonged from the first face 201 along+Z-direction
Stretch.7th face 207 be positioned at octahedral 208-X-direction side and-Z-direction side.7th face 207 is connected to by octahedral 208
3rd face 203.Octahedral 208 be to including+inclination that tilts of the direction of X-direction vector components and-Z-direction vector components
Surface.Octahedral 208 tilts to the first face 201 and the 3rd face 203.Octahedral 208 is perpendicular to the 5th face 205 and the hexahedro 206th.
In other words, octahedral 208 is to X/Y plane and YZ planar tilt and vertical and XZ plane.Octahedral 208 has from octahedral
208 board installation member 208T outwardly.
Relational representation first face 201 of first to hexahedro 201-206 and the direction that faces in the second face 202 are Z-directions,
The direction that faces of the 3rd face 203 and fourth face 204 is X-direction, and the direction that faces in the 5th face the 205 and the hexahedro 206th is Y
Direction of principal axis.
As it is shown in fig. 7, circuit board 40 is preferably mounted on the board installation member 208T of octahedral 208.With octahedral
208 are similar to, and circuit board 40 has to including+and the direction of X-direction vector components and-Z-direction vector components tilts or (another
Outer saying) terminal support structure 408 in the slope.In the present embodiment, terminal support structure 408 includes the table of circuit board 40
Face.Terminal support structure 408 tilts to the first face 201 and the 3rd face 203.Terminal support structure 408 and the 5th face 205 and the 5th
Face 205 is vertical.In other words, terminal support structure 408 is to X/Y plane and YZ planar tilt and vertical with XZ plane.Terminal props up
Bearing structure 408 also referred to as " inclined-plane terminal support structure " or " chamfered surface ".Therefore, in the present embodiment, circuit board 40
Surface be considered " chamfered surface ".Terminal support structure 408 has box side terminal 400, itself and contact mechanism 70
Equipment side terminal contacts (Fig. 2).The angle tilted preferably between 0 degree and 90 degree, more preferably 20 degree and 50 degree it
Between, and most preferably from about 25 degree to 40 degree.
Figure 42 A and Figure 42 B show the wiping amount of the terminal on circuit board 40 carried out by equipment side terminal relative to
The relation of the inclination angle phi of circuit board 40.The inclination angle phi of circuit board 40 represents the installation direction from ink feed structure 280
Angle between plane 110p and the plane of the terminal 400 that wherein arranges circuit board 40 that leading edge extends.Limited by terminal 400
Fixed plane had both been not orthogonal to plane 1110p, the most perpendicular.Inclination angle phi is usually acute angle (less than 90 degree).In this reality
Executing in example, plane 110p extended from installation direction leading edge is parallel with the bottom surface 201 of box 20.Equally, terminal is wherein arranged
The plane of 400 is arranged to parallel with the plate surface of circuit board 40.Therefore, in the present embodiment, inclination angle phi is equal to box 20
Angle between the plate surface of bottom surface 201 and circuit board 40.In the present embodiment, circuit board 40 is about 0.7mm thickness.Terminal 400
It is about 5 microns of thickness, and is arranged on circuit board 40.The thickness of terminal 400 is little to negligible degree, therefore circuit board
The surface (including the surface of terminal 400) of 40 is substantially and flushes.Therefore, (it wraps terminal support structure 408 in the present embodiment
Include the surface of circuit board 40) generally within terminal (contact portion) plane TP being described below.Even if circuit board 40 is not deposited
, the unevenness that the most only possible existence is of equal value with the thickness of terminal 400.Therefore, for simplicity, terminal support structure 408 can
With with " plane limited by terminal " or " terminal plane " interchangeable use.When mentioning terminal about terminal support structure 408
During contact portion cp of 431-439, term " plane limited by contact portion " or " contact portion plane " can also be alternatively
Use.During installing or disposing box 20, as shown in Figure 24 to Figure 27, the front 203 (first surface) of box 20 is around box
It is travel downwardly under the state of the back side 204 (second surface) the slightly pivotal rotation of 20.In this process, circuit board 40 is slightly
Rotate and contact formation component (equipment side terminal) 731-739 with the equipment side on terminal base 709 and contact so that each
Box side terminal 431-439 is formed component 731-739 wiping by equipment side contact.Entered at circuit board 40 by corresponding equipment side terminal
The wiping of the terminal of row suitably removes the dust in the terminal surfaces being coated on circuit board 40 or oxide, thus strengthens
Electrical conductivity (electrical connection).
It is long that diagrammatically show of Figure 42 A is formed the wiping of component terminal on circuit board 40 by the contact of corresponding equipment side
Degree (wiping amount) is as vertical coordinate, and plate inclination angle phi is as abscissa.It is assumed hereinafter that on the basis of calculate: from
The second surface 204 (rear surface) of box 20 arrives the ground terminal contacted with corresponding equipment side ground terminal 737 along the X direction
Distance L0 of the contact portion of 437 is 63mm.In general, bigger plate inclination angle phi makes plate surface closer to the most flat
Face, and add wiping amount.In order to effectively remove the dust in the terminal surfaces being coated on circuit board 40 or oxide,
Wiping amount is preferably no less than 1mm.According to the diagram of Figure 42 A, plate inclination angle phi is preferably no less than 25 degree, to guarantee wiping
Amount is not less than 1mm.
Figure 43 A show in view of prevent half situation about inserting of box by equipment side ground terminal 737 apply upwards
Power F and the relation of plate inclination angle phi.Calculating with Figure 42 A is similar, and the calculating of Figure 43 A also gives the vacation equal to 63mm of distance L0
If.The weight of box is assumed to be 30 grams at (including the weight of ink).This value is the box of the ink-jet printing apparatus used for family
Standard weights.As shown in figure 25, the bonding part 810 of " the half of box inserts " indication rod 80 is just positioned at the side of elastic component 682
State, i.e. and then complete engage before state.This half state inserted also referred to as " half engages ".Half
In engagement state, the contact of multiple equipment sides forms only equipment side ground terminal 737 among component 731-739 and applies to circuit board 40
Power upwards.It should be noted that, in the printing equipment that figure 1 illustrates, keeper 60 does not have lid.When user is at half engagement state
In when loosing one's grip, box 20 can be maintained at half engagement state.Diagrammatically show of Figure 43 A is applied by equipment side ground terminal 737
Power upwards with this half result of calculation inserted of keeping box 20.Figure 43 B shows power F upwards and plate inclination angle phi
Relation.
In half engagement state of Figure 26, equipment side ground terminal 737 power upwards applied is from equipment side ground connection
Terminal 737 is applied to the +Z direction vector components of the power of circuit board 40 (and box 20) (in the present embodiment for vow straight up
Amount composition).When the ground terminal 437 of circuit board 40 presses to equipment side ground terminal 737, along the plate table with circuit board 40
Exerting pressure of the direction that face is vertical is applied to ground terminal 437 by the elastic force of equipment side ground terminal 737.Figure 43 A is upwards
The calculating of power be the F0 that exerts pressure based on equipment side ground terminal 737 be the hypothesis of 0.2N along the direction vertical with plate surface
Carry out.Because power F upwards (=F0 × cos phi) is the +Z direction vector components of F0 of exerting pressure, such as the void in Figure 43 B
Shown in line, as plate inclination angle phi=0, F=F0=0.2N sets up.Along with plate inclination angle phi changes, power F upwards is according to song
Line F=F0 × cosphi changes.The curve of Figure 43 A is curve F=F0 × cos phi.Along with plate inclination angle phi increases, (phi connects
Nearly 90 degree), plate surface is close to XZ plane and reduces power F upwards.With the weight of distance L0 and 30 grams with 63mm
Power FB upwards of box 20 balance is about 0.15N (thick horizontal position in Figure 43 A).This represents not less than 0.15N upwards
Power box 20 can be pressed straight up by equipment side ground terminal 737.In order to ensure not less than 0.15N upwards
Power, as being clearly understood that by Figure 43 A, plate inclination angle phi is preferably not more than 40 degree.
When user looses one's grip in half engagement state of Figure 26, and box 20 can be maintained in half engagement state.But, if
As shown in Figure 43 A, plate inclination angle phi is arranged to no more than 40 degree, then when user looses one's grip in half engagement state, then set
Standby side ground terminal 737 is along the front 203 of +Z direction (upward direction) pressing box 20.This clearly by box from the joint of bar 80
Part 810 separates, and contributes to the user discover that the installation of failure.From this point of view, preferably plate inclination angle phi is set to
It is not more than 40 degree.
Figure 44 and Figure 45 shows have larger sized box compared to the size of the box in Figure 42 and Figure 43 A in X-direction
Feature.Although assuming that in Figure 42 and Figure 43 A box has distance L0=63mm, it is assumed that box has in Figure 44 and Figure 45
Distance L0=88mm.Calculating with Figure 43 A is similar, and the calculating of the power upwards of Figure 45 is the weight based on F0=0.2N and box
(including the weight of ink) is the hypothesis of 30g.As understanding can be will be apparent from by the result of Figure 44, with the result class of Figure 42 A
Seemingly, it is preferably no less than 25 degree in order to ensure wiping amount not less than 1mm, plate inclination angle phi.Although the calculating relative to Figure 43 A
In 63mm, distance L0 is 80mm in the calculating of Figure 45, with have 30 grams weight box 20 balance power upwards almost
And about 0.15N (thick horizontal position in Figure 45) equal with Figure 43.As reason can be will be apparent from by the result of Figure 45
Solving, similar with the result of Figure 43 A, in order to prevent the half of box to engage, plate inclination angle phi is preferably not more than 40 degree.
By considering the characteristic of Figure 42 to Figure 45 discussed above, preferably plate inclination angle phi is set to not less than 25
Spend and no more than 40 degree.
Even if exerting pressure of the increase of equipment side ground terminal 737 also ensures that enough under bigger plate inclination angle phi
Power upwards.In which case it is preferable to ground by equipment side ground terminal 737 exert pressure and plate inclination angle phi be set to
When user looses one's grip from box 20 in half engagement state so that box 20 can exerting pressure upwards by equipment side ground terminal 737
Press and change the value to disengaged position from plate bonding state.
7th face 207 and terminal support structure 408 form a part for the outer surface of box 20.More specifically, the 7th face 207
With the part that terminal support structure 408 forms the angle part 265 connected in the first face 201 and the 3rd face 203, wherein, first
Face becomes a part for the outer surface of box 20 with third surface shape.In order to be more fully understood that, by thick line, angle part 265 is shown in fig .9.
3rd face 203 and angle part 265 in box 20 is installed to the installment state of keeper 60 with the first equipment side side of keeper 60
Wall member 603 (Figure 14) is relative, as described below.Therefore 3rd face 203 and angle part 265 are called " the first phase
To outer wall surface ".Fourth face 204 is the second equipment side side wall member 604 (figure with keeper 60 as described below in installment state
15) relative.Therefore fourth face 204 is called " the second opposite outer wall surfaces ".
As shown in Figure 10 A, circuit board 40 has at the boss groove 401 of+Z-direction end and at-Z-direction side
Boss hole 402 at portion.Circuit board 40 is fixed to the octahedral 208 of box 20 by means of boss groove 401 and boss hole 402.According to
The present embodiment, boss groove 401 and boss hole 402 are arranged on and the central authorities of the width (length in Y direction) through box 20
Plane Yc intersect position.According in another embodiment, at least one in boss groove 401 and boss hole 402 can be from
Circuit board 40 saves, and circuit board 40 can be come by binding agent or the engagement pawl being arranged on octahedral 208 (not diagram)
It is fixed to octahedral 208.
As shown in figs. 10 a and 10b, circuit board 40 include the box side terminal 400 that is arranged on terminal support structure 408 with
And the memory cell 420 being arranged on the back side 409.Terminal support structure 408 and the back side 409 are planes.Pacify at circuit board 40
Installing in the installment state of box 20, on being positioned at of terminal support structure 408+Z-direction side, part or the limit of highest distance position are claimed
Make plate end 405.
Box side terminal 400 includes nine terminals 431 to 439.Memory cell 420 stores the information of the ink about box 20
(such as, the surplus of ink and ink color).Box side terminal 400 is electrical conductivity, and may be connected to as box
The electronic installation of the part of 20.As used herein, electronic installation may indicate that transistor, sensor or storage device,
Or those skilled in the art it is conceivable that other produce electric currents or the device powered by electric current.
As shown in Figure 10 A, nine box side terminal 431-439 are similar to rectangular shape, and are arranged as basic and install
Two vertical for direction SD row.Substantially vertical row extends along the width (Y direction) of box 20.Relative to installation in two row
The row that direction SD is located behind is referred to as the first terminal row R1 (descending R1), is referred to as at front-seat row relative to installation direction SD
Second rows of terminals R2 (up R2).The first terminal row R1 and the second rows of terminals R2 have diverse location in the Z-axis direction.More specifically
Ground, the first terminal row R1 be positioned at the second rows of terminals R2-Z-direction side on.In terminal 431 to 439, each is the most at its center
Having contact portion cp, it contacts with contact mechanism 70.The first terminal row R1 and the second rows of terminals R2 may be considered that by many
The line that individual contact portion cp is formed.
Terminal 431-439 can by according to their function or apply corresponding following title to call.In order to
Separately, word " box side " can be by the prefix as each title in terminal region on printer 50.Such as, " ground terminal 437 " can
To be referred to as " box side ground terminal 437 ".
<the first terminal row R1>
(1) detection terminal 435 (the first terminal) is installed;
(2) power supply terminal 436;
(3) ground terminal 437;
(4) data terminal 438;And
(5) detection terminal 439 (the second terminal) is installed
<the second rows of terminals R2>
(6) detection terminal 431 (the 3rd terminal) is installed;
(7) reseting terminal 432;
(8) clock terminal 433;And
(9) detection terminal 434 (the 4th terminal) is installed.
Contact portion cp of the terminal 435-439 on the first terminal row R1 and the terminal 431-in the second rows of terminals R2
Contact portion cp of 434 is typically arranged alternately, or more specifically arranges with zigzag.
Four install detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 be used to detect corresponding to be arranged in contact mechanism 70
Good/intersection the electrical contact of equipment side terminal so that printer 50 can detect whether box 20 is properly installed keeper
The design and installation position of 60.These four terminals 431,434,435 and 439 are together referred to as " installation detection terminal ".According to this reality
Executing example, four box side terminals 431,434,435 and 439 are electrically connected to each other in circuit board 40.When box 20 is installed to keeper
When 60, these terminals 431,434,435 and 439 are electrically connected via ground terminal 437 with the earth lead (not shown) on printer 50
Connect.Will be described below by using four to install the method that detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 detects installation.
Other five box side terminals 432,433,436,437 and 438 are the terminals for memory cell 420.These five
Terminal 432,433,436,437 and 438 is thus called " memorizer terminal ".
Reseting terminal 432 receives reset signal RST of memory cell 420 to be provided to.Clock terminal 433 receives to be wanted
It is provided to clock signal SCK of memory cell 420.Power supply terminal 436 receives the electricity of memory cell 420 to be provided to
Source voltage VDD (such as, the rated voltage of 3.3V).Ground terminal 437 receives the ground connection electricity of memory cell 420 to be provided to
Pressure VSS (0V).Data terminal 438 receives data signal SDA of memory cell 420 to be provided to.
As the first terminal 435 installing one of detection terminal include being positioned at box side terminal 400 +Y direction side on
The first outside 435P.As the second terminal 439 installing one of detection terminal include being positioned at box side terminal 400-Y-axis side
The outside 439P of on side second.Include being positioned at the second terminal line R as the 3rd terminal 431 installing one of detection terminal
The outside 431P of on+Y direction side the 3rd.Include being positioned at the second terminal as the 4th terminal 434 installing one of detection terminal
Line R-Y direction side on the 4th outside 434P.In this embodiment, the first to the 4th outside 435P, 439P, 431P,
434P is the basic straight edge of respective terminal and extends substantially along Z-direction, but this should not be taken as limiting.Example
As, edge can be bending, and can extend along not parallel with Z-direction direction, such as to Figure 41 A and Figure 41 B
Example in terminal 431,434 shown in, and the outside of terminal is still construed as the edge outermost along Y direction
Part.
Between contact portion cp of box side terminal 400, center in the Y-axis direction has the ground connection of contact portion cp
Terminal 437 is arranged on the position that plane Yc with width (Y direction length) central authorities through box 20 is intersected.Other terminals
It is axle pair that contact portion cp of 431-436,438 and 439 is arranged to relative to the reticule of plane Yc and ground terminal 437
Claim.Ground terminal 437 be configured to during box 20 is installed to keeper 60 other boxes side terminal 431-436,438
Contact mechanism 70 is contacted with before 439.Therefore, before and after box is fully assembled, first it is applied to electricity from keeper 60
The basic generation in the width of box 20 or the basic center of Y direction length of exerting pressure of road plate 40.This prevent and be applied to electricity
Exerting pressure of road plate 40 plays a role and makes box 20 tilt to Y direction, and so that box 20 is installed in the peace of design
Holding position.Ground terminal 437 is at other terminals 431-436, this with the contact mechanism 70 of keeper 60 before 438 and 439
Contact, even if when less desirable high voltage is applied to box 20, also can be the most anti-by the grounding function of ground terminal 437
Stop or reduce problem and the fault that high voltage causes.
According to the present embodiment, ground terminal 437 is formed along Z-direction than other terminals 431-436,438 and 439 more
Long.Which ensure that contacting of the ground terminal 437 contact mechanism 70 with keeper 60.According to another embodiment, circuit board 40
On whole box side terminal 431-439 can be formed as same size.
As it is shown in figure 9, ink feed structure 280 highlights from the first face 201 along-Z-direction.Ink feed structure 280
Connect via printing material flow path 282 with ink chamber 200.Ink feed structure 280 supplies with the printing material of printer 50
Should connect, will be received in ink feed 540 (Fig. 1) to the end in ink chamber 200 by pipe 640 (Fig. 5).In other words, ink feed
Structure 280 opens laterally, will be received in ink feed in ink chamber 200 to outside box 20.As seen by Fig. 5 A
Arriving, ink feed structure 280 need not highlight from the first face 201.Additionally, in one embodiment, it can be with first
201 flush or are substantially flush.In such an embodiment, when box 20 is mounted, printing material supply pipe 640 is raised with immediately
First.
Ink feed structure 280 be arranged on the first face 201 compared to close to the 3rd face 203 closer to fourth face
The position of 204.Between outer surface and the 3rd face 203 of ink feed structure 280, the distance along X-direction is correspondingly greater than ink
Distance between outer surface and the fourth face 204 of water Supply Structure 280.
Ink feed structure 280 has open periphery end.It is called out on the surface of this end, opening periphery
Put surface 288, or be alternatively referred to as installation direction leading edge, and in installment state, define horizontal plane.That is, open
Putting surface 288 is box leading edge (X/Y plane) on installation direction SD, and defines that the XY axle parallel with X-axis and Y-axis is put down
Face.
Resin foam 284 open surface 288+Z-direction side on position or specifically in printing material
The position of material flow path 282 contact is arranged in ink feed structure 280.According to this city example, before shipping box 20,
The open surface 288 of ink feed structure 280 is sealed by containment member (not shown, such as cap or film).Box 20 is being installed to
During keeper 60, removed from box 20 for sealing the containment member (not shown) of open surface 288.
According to the present embodiment, ink feed structure 280 is at the shape centered by the central shaft C of printing material supply pipe 640
Highlight along-Z-direction under state.According to another embodiment, the central authorities of ink feed structure 280 can be from printing material supply
The central shaft C deviation of pipe 640.According to the present embodiment, the open surface 288 of ink feed structure 280 is by along-Z-direction
Observe and formed relative to the housing of multiple axisymmetrical parallel with X-axis and Y-axis.According to another embodiment, ink feed is tied
The open surface 288 of structure 280 can be formed by asymmetric housing, and can have the installation direction front defining plane
Edge.It is the rectangular shape of chamfering according to the present embodiment from the open surface 288 of Z-direction observation, but can according to other embodiments
To have any other suitable shape, such as, accurately circular, oval, oval, square or rectangle.
As shown in Figure 9 A, plane BP is to be formed by the installation direction leading edge of the open surface 288 of ink feed structure 280
Plane.Distance A is the distance between the bonding part 212 of plane BP and the first restricted part 210.Distance B be plane BP with
Distance between the bonding part of the second restricted part 220.Distance C is plane BP with bar 80 around the pivotal point of rotary shaft 800c
Distance.As seen in figure 9 a, when along orthogonal with plane BP orientation measurement, plane BP and the second box lateral spacing system
Distance B between the bonding part of part 220 more than between plane BP and the bonding part 212 of the first restricted part 210 away from
From A.When along orthogonal with plane BP orientation measurement, between the bonding part 212 of plane BP and the first restricted part 210
Distance A is less than plane BP and bar 80 distance C around the pivotal point of rotary shaft 800c.The most as shown in Figure 9 A, plane TP is by tiltedly
The plane that face terminal support structure 408 is formed, itself and inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 itself is parallel in the present embodiment, and
In order to simply, terminal support structure 408 can be used to simply plane TP.Plane TP neither parallel with plane BP the most not with plane
BP is vertical.Terminal support structure 408 has box side terminal 400, itself and the equipment side termination contact (Fig. 2) of contact mechanism 70.
As it is shown in fig. 7, the first box side restricted part 210 is arranged on the 3rd face 203.First box side restricted part 210
Be positioned at ink feed structure 280 and circuit board 40+Z-direction side and+X-direction side on.First box side restricted part 210
By bar 80 locking (Fig. 2), with the motion of constrained box 20 in the mounted state.First box side restricted part 210 is configured to from
Three faces 203 are along the prominent projection of+X-direction (outwards).First box side restricted part 210 is positioned to be compared along Z-direction
In the position close to the second limit 291 closer to the first limit 290.According to the present embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 is orientated as and is faced
Nearly first limit 290.
First box side restricted part 210 includes the Part I 212 extended along Y direction (width), from first
The Part II 214 that part 212 extends along+Z-direction (direction straight up), and from Part I 212 along-Z axis
The Part III 215 that direction (vertically downward direction) extends.As it has been described above ,+Z-direction (direction straight up) is substantially and removes
Direction RD, and be substantially installation direction SD-Z-direction (vertically downward direction) is contrary.In installment state, first or
Bonding part 212 engages with the bonding part 810 of bar 80, with the motion of constrained box 20.Part II 214 is arranged at box 20
By the expectation part locking Part I 212 of bar 80 under the state being installed to keeper 60.
Part I 212 includes stopping surface 211 and as the second butting section as the first box side chain of the first bearing part
The the second box side chain divided stops surface 213.First box side chain stops surface 211 towards+Z-direction.Second box side chain stops 213, surface
To+X-direction.Part III 215 contacts with Part I 212 and the first limit 290.
Box 20 also includes the second box side restricted part 220 being arranged on fourth face 204, is arranged on the 3rd face 203
Jut 260 and the 3rd box lateral spacing element 250 being arranged on the 7th face 207.
Second box side restricted part 220 is configured to from fourth face 204 along the prominent jut of-X-direction.Second box
Side restricted part 220 is inserted into the second equipment side of the form of the through hole with keeper 60 and limits in element 620 (Fig. 3).With
Box 20 is being installed to keeper 60 or during it unloads by family, and around being inserted into the second equipment side, box 20 is limited element
The second box side restricted part 220 of 620 (Fig. 2) rotates.In other words, the second equipment side limits element 620 as by box 20
It is installed to keeper 60 or the guiding piece unloaded from it.This contributes to box 20 being installed to keeper 60 or unloading from it.
In the installment state of box 20, the second box side restricted part 220 is limited element 620 locking by the second equipment side, with constrained box 20
Motion in installment state.Second box side restricted part 220 be positioned at ink feed structure 280 and circuit board 40+Z-direction
On side and-X-direction side.
Jut 260 on the 3rd face 203 be positioned at the first box side restricted part 210+Z-direction side on.According to this
Embodiment, what jut 260 was positioned on the 3rd face 203 include the second limit 291 +Z-direction position (uppermost position) place.
3rd box lateral spacing element 250 is configured to the both sides of the Y direction from the 7th face 207 and highlights along+X-direction
A pair haunched member (limiting wall).The jut 636 (Fig. 2) that the reception of this pair haunched member 250 is plugged into, and with
Jut 636 collaborative work, constrained box 20 motion the most in the Y-axis direction.
Figure 11 is the rearview of box 20.Referring in particular to Figure 11, the second box side restricted part 220 is described.Second box side limiting unit
220 are divided to include as limiting the restriction locking surface 222 of locking element, chamfered surface the 224, first restriction side 226 and second
Limit side 228.
Limit locking surface 222 and towards+Z-direction and in installment state, form horizontal plane.Limit locking surface 222
Limit element 620 (Fig. 3) with the second equipment side to contact, using as the rotation being rotated at box 20 when unloading from keeper 60
Pivotal point.
Limit locking surface 222 and limited element 620 locking by the second equipment side in installment state, with constrained box 20 in peace
Motion in+Z-direction in dress state.Limit locking surface 222 to be arranged on and the width (Y direction length) through box 20
Plane Yc at center intersect and the position vertical with this plane Yc.As it is shown in figure 5, in the installment state of box 20, box
20 receive from keeper 60 and to include-Ps and Pt that exert pressure of+Z-direction vector components.Limit locking surface 222 to be pressed by these
Power Ps and pt limit element 620 towards the second equipment side and press.Second equipment side limit element 620 therefore be parallel to Y-axis side
To restriction locking surface 222 contact.This reduce the probability that box 20 tilts in installment state around X-axis.
Chamfered surface 224 is connected with housing 22, and to including +Z direction vector components and the side of-X direction vector components
To inclination.This makes to limit locking surface 222 and smoothly can be directed to during box 20 is installed to keeper 60
Second equipment side limits element 620.
First limit side 226 formed the second box side restricted part 220-Y direction side.Second limits side 228
Formed the second box side restricted part 220+Y direction side.First to limit side 226 be the plane towards-Y direction, and
And second to limit side 228 be the plane towards+Y direction.First restriction side 226 and the second restriction side 228 are respectively
The plane parallel with X-direction and Z-direction.First and second limit side 226 and 228 and the second equipment side restriction element
620 interfere, with constrained box 20 motion in the Y-axis direction in the installment state of box 20.
Figure 12 is the front view of box 20.Below with reference to Figure 12 the first box side restricted part 210 more particularly described below.First
Box side restricted part 210 is arranged on the position intersected with plane Yc.First box side chain only surface 211 is arranged on hands over plane Yc
Fork and the position vertical with this plane Yc.
First box side chain only surface 211 is not positioned at outside, but works as from the 3rd side, face 203 along-X-direction observation box 20
Time, in Y direction (width) in scope 40Y between the outside 439P of the first outside 435P and second.According to this
Embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 including the first box side chain only surface 211 is not positioned at outside, and is in scope 40Y
In.In other words, the first box side restricted part 210 is positioned at by including dummy line 435PL of the first outside 435P and including outside second
In the region that second dummy line 439PL of portion 439P limits.Dummy line 435PL and the second dummy line 439PL are along Z-direction
The straight line extended.
Figure 13 is the left side view of box 20.The position relationship of each component of box 20 is described with reference to Figure 13.3rd face 203 with
The cross part that inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 intersects is called " cross part 295 ".For " intersect " above in connection with term
Describing, the cross part that the 3rd face 203 and inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 intersect not only includes actual face 203 and terminal supporting knot
The cross part of structure 408, also includes one in face 203 and terminal support structure 408 and face 203 and terminal support structure 408
The cross part of the elongated surfaces of another one, or face 203 and the cross part of the elongated surfaces both terminal support structure 408.Cross part
295 is the line parallel with Y-axis.According to the present embodiment, cross part 295 be positioned at from the 3rd face 203 along-Z-direction extend flat
Face.Cross part 295 be correspondingly positioned in the 3rd face 203-Z-direction side on.Long along Z-direction on the 3rd face 203
The midpoint of degree (or more specifically, the 3rd face 203 and the cross part of contact portion plane TP and the second face 202 and the 3rd face 203
Cross part between midpoint) be called midpoint 203P.
First box side restricted part 210 is located proximate to cross part 295.First box side restricted part 210 can also be recognized
For being to be positioned adjacent to terminal support structure 408 and close to plate end 405.This represents that the first box side restricted part 210 is permissible
Fully closer to box side terminal 400, or more specifically, the portion engaged with equipment side lever of the first box side restricted part 210
Point may be located at compared to close to the cross part in end face 202 and front 203 closer to the position of contact portion cp.First box side
Restricted part 210 be preferably provided in the 3rd face 203 compared to the particular portion close to the second limit 291 closer to the first limit 290
On Fen, or more specifically, the part engaged with equipment side lever of the first box side restricted part 210 is positioned at compared to close to end face
202 and the cross part in front 203 closer to the position of cross part 295, it is in the scope from midpoint 203P to first limit 290
In.Particularly preferably the first box side restricted part 210 is arranged on sufficiently close together or immediately the first limit 290 position.Such as this
In used, " immediately " can represent " close ", " close " or " being in contact with it thereon ".As it has been described above, the first box lateral spacing
The part engaged with equipment side lever of part 210 processed is positioned at compared to the cross part close to end face 202 and front 203 closer to friendship
Fork 295 and/or the position close to contact portion cp.Although in the present embodiment, as it has been described above, end face 202 and front 203
Cross part be in fig. 13 by 291 positions represented, but when this cross part need not, two surfaces are actual intersected with each other
Position, but the position that can be a face intersect with the elongated surfaces in another face, or the elongated surfaces in two faces is intersected with each other
Position, as shown in the dotted line in the embodiment of Figure 35 A and Figure 35 D.In the present embodiment, the 3rd face 203 and contact portion are put down
Distance between cross part and the second face 202 and the cross part in the 3rd face 203 of face TP is about 20mm.3rd face 203 with contact
The cross part of part planar TP and the first box side chain of the first box side restricted part 210 stop the distance between surface 211 and are about
16mm。
The live part of the concrete position being used for constrained box side terminal 400 of the first box side restricted part 210 is the first box
Side chain stops surface 211.It is therefore preferred to the first box side chain only surface 211 is positioned to as close possible to box side terminal 400.Omit
The Part III 215 of the first box side restricted part 210 and and Part I 212 is orientated as contact the first limit 290 make
First box side chain stops surface 211 can be closer to cross part 295 or plate end 405.
Figure 13 is also shown for X-direction scope 250X and the inclined-plane terminal support structure of the 3rd box lateral spacing element 250
X-direction scope 408X of 408.As being clearly understood that by accompanying drawing, when observing from the first side, face 201 along+Z-direction
During box 20, a part for the 3rd box lateral spacing element 250 is the most overlapping with inclined-plane terminal support structure 408.
A-4. the concrete structure of keeper 60:
A-4-1. the general structure of keeper 60
Figure 14 and Figure 15 shows the axonometric chart of the structure of keeper 60.Figure 16 shows the structure of keeper 60
Top view.Figure 17 is the sectional view of the line F16-F16 acquirement along Figure 16.Jut 636 shown in Figure 14 to Figure 16 by from
The diagram of Figure 17 is omitted.
As it has been described above, the keeper 60 of printer 50 has five wall members 601,603,604,605 and 606, to be formed
Receive the depression box room 602 of box 20.Five wall members 601,603,604,605 and 606 are together referred to as, and " room forms wall member
600”.According to the present embodiment, five wall members 601,603,604,605 and 606 are resin plate components, and by synthetic resin system
Become, be more specifically made up of Noryl (m-PPE).
Wall member 601 forms the bottom surface of depression box room 602.Wall member 603,604,605 and 606 forms depression box room 602
Side.Wall member 601, wall member 603, wall member 604, wall member 605 and wall member 606 are respectively referred to as " at the bottom of equipment side
Wall member 601 ", " the first equipment side side wall member 603 ", " the second equipment side side wall member 604 ", " the 3rd equipment side sidewall structure
Part 605 " and " the 4th equipment side side wall member 606 ".
In printing material supply pipe 640 each and include in the contact mechanism 70 of equipment side terminal each all at wall structure
Arrange along X-direction on part 601.Printing material supply pipe 640 is positioned in the side of the second equipment side side wall member 604,
And contact mechanism 70 is positioned in the side of the first equipment side side wall member 603.In other words, printing material supply pipe 640 quilt
It is arranged on compared to the position close to wall member 603 closer to wall member 604.Contact mechanism 70 is arranged on compared to close
Printing material supply pipe 640 is closer to the position of the first equipment side side wall member 603.
Elastomeric element 648 is arranged on wall member 601 around printing material supply pipe 640.As described in reference to Fig. 5,
Box 20 is installed in the installment state of keeper 60, the periphery of the ink feed structure 280 of elastomeric element 648 seal box 20 and
It is therefore prevented from ink and leaks into periphery from ink feed structure 280.In box 20 is installed to the installment state of keeper 60, elastic
Parts 648 produce the Ps that exerts pressure (figure along by the direction (along+Z-direction) that ink feed structure 280 pressing of box 20 is gone back
5)。
As shown in Figure 14 to Figure 16, keeper 60 has the opening running through box room 602 in the upside relative with wall member 601
OP.When box 20 is installed to keeper 60 or unloads from it, box 20 passes opening OP.
First equipment side side wall member 603 wall member 601+X-direction side on become vertical relative to wall member 601
Angle.According to the present embodiment, the first equipment side side wall member 603 +X-direction side forms outer wall 603W.At printer 50
Use attitude in, outer wall 603W formed keeper 60 front.Outer wall 603W is along orientation (the Y-axis side of multiple boxes 20
To) extend.It is arranged on wall member 603 for installing or unload the bar 80 of box 20.Bar 80 by via fixture 690 with removable
Mode fix, or the most rotatably, be fixed to wall member 603.In other words, bar 80 is fixed to be formed
The fixture 690 of a part for wall member 603.The rotary shaft of bar 80 is parallel with Y direction.
Fixture 690 is arranged on corner 600C (equipment side corner) place (Figure 17), and the first equipment side side wall member 603 is at this
Place intersects with base wall component 601.
As it is shown in figure 5, control member 830 be arranged on bar 80+Z-direction end.When user from+X-direction side towards-
When this control member 830 is pressed by X-direction side (that is, when user applies operating physical force Pr to control member 830), bar 80 is around rotation
Rotating shaft rotates counterclockwise (from+Y direction observation).Bar 80 correspondingly revolves in the XZ plane parallel with X-direction and Z-direction
Turn.
Bar 80 is set to form, with room, the component that wall member 601,603,604,605 and 606 separates.Bar 80 is by synthetic resin
Make, be more specifically made up of polyformaldehyde (POM) according to the present embodiment.Bar 80 has specified level firm that be enough to locking rod 80
Property.More specifically, bar 80 preferably has by the power (such as, the power of 14.4N) applied from the box 20 being in installment state basic
Do not cause the rigidity that bar 80 deforms.Such as, the deformation of the bar 80 caused by the external force applying 14.4N from box 20 is the most little
In about 0.5mm.Bar 80 does not the most have any elastically deformable part.This reduce in the installment state of box 20 bar 80 by
The probability significantly deformed from the power of box 20 applying, and guarantee the equipment side terminal of box side terminal 400 and contact mechanism 70
Between stable electrical connection.The bar 80 separated with room formation wall member 601,603,604,605 and 606 is provided to advantageously increase
The degree of freedom of the material of selector 80.
Referring back to Figure 14 to Figure 17, wall member 604 wall member 601-X-direction side on relative to wall member 601
Degree in a vertical angle.Wall member 604 is relative across box room 602 with wall member 603.According to the present embodiment, wall member 604 is at printer
The back side of keeper 60 is formed under the use attitude of 50.Wall member 604 prolongs along the direction (Y direction) that multiple boxes 20 arrange
Stretch.Second equipment side limits element 620 and is arranged on wall member 604.It is along X-direction that second equipment side limits element 620
The through hole (Figure 17) passed.According to another embodiment, the second equipment side limits element 620 and can open to box room 602
Depression.
Describing as discussed above concerning Fig. 5, the second equipment side limits element 620 and is configured to and the second box side restricted part
220 engage.Second equipment side limits element 620 as box 20 is installed to keeper 60 or the guiding piece unloaded from it.
Second equipment side limits element 620 locking the second box side restricted part 220 in box 20 is installed to the installment state of keeper 60.
More specifically, the second box side restricted part 220 is locked at and is positioned at printing material supply pipe by the second equipment side restriction element 620
640+Z-direction side and-X-direction side on the second lock position 620L.According to the present embodiment, the second equipment side limits unit
Part 620 is configured to through hole, and it has the size receiving the second box side restricted part 220, and has equipment side locking surface
622.Equipment side locking surface 622 is the plane towards-Z-direction, and the restriction locking to the second box side restricted part 220
Surface 222 carries out locking (Figure 11).Equipment side locking surface 622+X-direction end 624 and the second box side restricted part 220
Contact, and therefore as the rotation pivotal point for box 20 is write from keeper 60.
As shown in figure 17, the second equipment side side wall member 604 of keeper 60 have be arranged on second equipment side limit unit
Part 620+Z-direction side on space 670.Space 670 provides space, when box 20 is installed to keeper 60 or from it
When unloading, it is allowed to box 20 limits the near zone of element 620 around the second equipment side and rotates as rotating pivotal point.According to this enforcement
Example, space 670 by the step institute caved on-X-direction from the second equipment side side wall member 604 along+Z-direction ladder
Formed.According to another embodiment, space 670 can by wall member 604 along+Z-direction in-X-direction little by little
The chamfered surface reduced is formed.
As shown in Figure 14 to Figure 16, wall member 605 wall member 601-Y direction side on become relative to wall member 601
Vertical angle.According to the present embodiment, wall member 605 forms the right flank of keeper 60 under the use attitude of printer 50.Wall
Component 605 is connected with wall member 603 and 605.Wall member 605 is along X-direction extension and the orientation with multiple boxes 20
(Y direction) intersects.
Wall member 606 wall member 601+Y direction side on relative to wall member 601 degree in a vertical angle.Wall member 606
Relative with wall member 605 across box room 602.According to the present embodiment, wall member 606 forms guarantor under the use attitude of printer 50
The left surface of gripping member 60.Wall member 606 is connected with wall member 603 and 604.Wall member 606 extends along X-direction, and with
The orientation (Y direction) of multiple boxes 20 intersects.
According to the above-mentioned position relationship of wall member 601 and 603-606, wall member 601 is perpendicular to Z-direction;Wall member 603
The most relative to each other with 604;Wall member 605 and 606 is the most relative to each other;And wall member 601 and opening
OP is the most relative to each other for mouth.
Contact mechanism 70 is arranged at the 600C of corner, and wall member 603 with keeper 60 intersects herein for wall member 601.
Contact mechanism 70 is positioned at compared to the position close to printing material supply pipe 640 closer to wall member 603.Contact mechanism 70 wraps
Include multiple equipment side terminals that are corresponding with each terminal 431-439 (Figure 10) of box side terminal 400 and that contact, and on it
Arrange the terminal base of multiple equipment side terminal.
A-4-2. the concrete structure of contact mechanism 70:
Figure 18 is the axonometric chart of the contact mechanism 70 unloaded from keeper 60.
Contact mechanism 70 includes that terminal base 709 and the equipment side terminal being positioned on terminal base 709 or contact are formed
Component 731-739.Equipment side terminal 731-739 is each the elastic component with electric conductivity, and has from equipment
The prominent ledge of side chamfered surface 708, it is shifted by external force.In box 20 is installed to the state of keeper 60, equipment side
Terminal 731-739 (includes +Z direction vector components and-X direction vector components along the direction pushed back by the circuit board 40 of box 20
Direction) produce pressure or elastic force Pt (exerting pressure) (Fig. 5).At box 20 by from the prominent equipment of equipment side chamfered surface 708
Side terminal 731-739 towards equipment side chamfered surface 708 press time, produce elastic (pressure) power Pt as counteracting force.Gained
To by equipment side terminal 731-739 produce elastic force PT vector components by box 20 along remove direction RD promote, as above
Described, the direction is the direction contrary with installation direction SD.
Nine equipment side terminal 731-739 are arranged on the position corresponding for box side terminal 431-439 with nine.Equipment side
Terminal 731 is called " installing detection terminal 731 (the 3rd terminal) ".Equipment side terminal 732 is called " reseting terminal
732”.Equipment side terminal 733 is called " clock terminal 733 ".Equipment side terminal 734 is called " installs detection terminal 734
(the 4th terminal) ".Equipment side terminal 735 is called " installing detection terminal 735 (the first terminal) ".Equipment side terminal 736 quilt
It is referred to as " power supply terminal 736 ".Equipment side terminal 737 is called " ground terminal 737 ".Equipment side terminal 738 is called
" data terminal 738 ".Equipment side terminal 739 is called " installing detection terminal 739 (the second terminal) ".In order to box side terminal
Distinguishing, word " equipment side " can be by the prefix as each title.Such as, " ground terminal 737 " can be referred to as " equipment side
Ground terminal 737 ".Nine equipment side terminal 731-739 are together referred to as equipment side terminal 700.
Nine equipment side terminal 731-739 are arranged as the first equipment side terminal in the Z-axis direction with diverse location
Line and the second equipment side terminal line.First equipment side terminal line includes five equipment side terminal 735-739, and second sets
Standby side sub-line includes four equipment side terminal 731-734.First equipment side terminal line is positioned at the-Z of the second equipment side terminal line
On direction of principal axis side.The number of equipment side terminal is not limited to nine, and can become greater than nine according to the structure of circuit board 40
Individual or less than any desired number of nine.
In nine equipment side terminal 731-739, the equipment side ground terminal 737 of the basic central authorities being positioned in Y direction
Electrically connect with earth lead (not shown).Equipment side ground terminal 737 is more than other from the prominent height of equipment side chamfered surface 708
Equipment side terminal 731-736,738 and the height of 739.Equipment side ground terminal 737 is therefore at other equipment sides terminal 731-
736,738 and 739 contact with the circuit board 40 of box 20 before.
According to the present embodiment, in order to accelerate the assembling of printer, equipment side terminal 731-739 is positioned on terminal base 709,
And form one with the contact mechanism 70 being attached in keeper 60.But, use the contact machine of the one of terminal base 709
Structure 70 is optional.According to another embodiment, can be with holding for receiving the suitable construction of equipment side terminal 731-739
Base wall component 601 or the outer wall 603W of part 60 are integrally formed, and equipment side terminal 731-739 can be incorporated into this structure
In.Therefore terminal base 709 is not required.
A-4-3. the structure of bar 80
Figure 19 shows the axonometric chart of the outward appearance of bar 80.Figure 20 shows along the plane (XZ parallel with X-axis and Z axis
Plane, the plane vertical with Y-axis) cross section of axis body 850 that obtains.Figure 21 shows along the width (Y-axis through bar 80
Direction) on central area and the plane (XZ plane, with Y-axis vertical plane) parallel with X-axis and the Z axis bar 80 that obtains
Cross section.Figure 21 show box 20 be properly installed keeper 60 design and installation position state lower beam 80 cut
Face.
As shown in Figure 19 and Figure 21, bar 80 includes control member 830, a pair axis body 850, guiding elements 820 and engages
Part 810.Bar 80 has control member 830 at its one end (+Z-direction end) and has at opposite side (-Z-direction end)
There is bonding part 810.Bar 80 has rotary shaft 800c between control member 830 and bonding part 810.In other words, bar 80
Rotary shaft 800c of the position being wound between control member 830 and bonding part 810 pivots.
The control member 830 of bar 80 receives by user's externally applied forces.As shown in figure 21, control member 830 is arranged on bar
80+Z-direction end.In box 20 is installed to the installment state of keeper 60, control member 830 is positioned at rotary shaft 800c
+ Z-direction side on.Control member 830 be positioned at the first equipment side side wall member 603 of keeper 60+Z-direction side on
(Figure 15).
Control member 830 has operation surface 835 and control member apparent surface 831.Operation surface 835 receives by user
From+X-direction lateral-X-direction side externally applied forces (power Pr shown in Fig. 5), so that box 20 is unloaded from keeper 60.Behaviour
Making component apparent surface 831 is face relative with box 20 in box 20 is installed to the installment state of keeper 60.
As shown in figure 19, a pair axis body 850 is arranged on the substantial middle position between the end of bar 80.A pair axis body
850 rotary shafts 800c defining bar 80.Rotary shaft 800c is parallel with Y direction (orientation of box 20).A pair axis body 850
In an axis body 850a (being called " the first axle body 850a ") bar 80+Y direction side on from outer surface 893 along+Y
Direction of principal axis highlights.Another axis body 850b (being called " the second axle body 850b ") in a pair axis body 850 bar 80-Y-axis
Highlight along-Y direction from outer surface 891 on side, direction.Outer surface 891 and 893 also referred to as side 891 and 893.Arrange
A pair axis body 850 on bar 80 easily limits rotary shaft 800c by using fixture as above.
According to the present embodiment, each axis body 850 has inner arcuate surface 852, outer arcuate surface 854 and radial side
Face 856 and 858.Each face 852,854,856 and 858 forms the outer surface of axis body 850.Inner arcuate surface 852 and outer arcuate
Surface 854 is called " the first curved surfaces 852 " and " the second curved surfaces 854 " respectively.Inner arcuate surface 852 and outer arcuate
The center on surface 854 is corresponding with rotary shaft 800c.Inner arcuate surface 852 is positioned at and more connects compared to close to outer arcuate surface 854
The position of nearly second equipment side side wall member 604 (that is, its-X-direction side on).
As shown in figure 20, inner arcuate surface 852 forms the arc around rotary shaft 800c on the cross section parallel with X-axis and Z axis
Shape, it has radius R1a.Outer arcuate surface 854 forms the arc around rotary shaft 800c on the cross section parallel with X-axis and Z axis,
It has radius R2a.Radius R1a is less than radius R2a.As it has been described above, each axis body 850 has concentric inner arcuate surface
852 and outer arcuate surface 854, this center of circle is positioned at compared to the outer arcuate surface 854 close to the part as outer surface more
Position close to the second equipment side side wall member 604.Therefore rotary shaft 800c may be located in box room 602 closer to box 20
Position, and do not interfere with box 20.This makes the bonding part 212 of the first box side restricted part 210 of box 20 can be by junction surface
Divide 810 lockings, reduce the deviation from the first lock position 810L simultaneously.If rotary shaft 800c be positioned at box 20 away from position
Putting, bar 80 all can cause edge, bonding part 810 from any movement of the installation site that the correct installment state for box 20 designs
The notable displacement of Z-direction.Rotary shaft 800c is positioned at the position closer to box 20 desirably reduce when bar 80 is at box
In 20 states being suitably attached to design and installation position when standard gestures moves, bonding part 810 shifting in the Z-axis direction
Position.That is, this location makes box 20 lock by bonding part 810 when having from the first less deviation of lock position 810L
Only.The radius R1a that the radius R2a on outer arcuate surface 854 is set greater than inner arcuate surface 852 be advantageously prevent axis body
The intensity of 850 declines." lock position (the first lock position) 810L " represents when box 20 is installed to be arranged to ideal design
During the installation site of position, the first equipment side locking surface 811 (Part I of bonding part 810) and the first box side chain stop table
Face 211 (the first bearing part of the first box side restricted part 210) against position.
Bonding part 810 is used in installment state locking box 20 and the motion of constrained box 20.As shown in figure 21, junction surface
Points 810 be arranged on bar 80-Z-direction end on.Bonding part 810 is in box 20 is installed to the installment state of keeper 60
Be positioned at rotary shaft 800c-Z-direction side on.
As shown in figure 21, bonding part 810 by two parts by the first box side restricted part 210 (Fig. 5) locking.Junction surface
810 are divided to include the first equipment side locking surface 811 (the first equipment side limits element) as Part I and as second
The groove 815 divided and the second equipment side locking surface 813 (the second equipment side limits element).According to the present embodiment, bonding part
Two equipment side locking surfaces 811 and 813 of 810 are positioned as intersected with each other.
First equipment side locking surface 811 is the curved surface forming arc around rotary shaft 800c.First equipment side locking
The surface 811 therefore upper tool in the cross section (that is, cross section that with XZ plane parallel cross section with Y-axis vertical) parallel with X-axis and Z axis
There is the arc around rotary shaft 800c.In order to box 20 is installed to keeper 60, this structure makes the first equipment side locking surface 811
Can smoothly move to the first lock position 810L and box 20.This structure is it is ensured that be smoothly installed to box 20 keep
Part 60 and unloading from it.
At lock position (the first lock position) 810L, the first equipment side locking surface 811 is in the X-axis direction close to rotation
Rotating shaft 800c.In other words, according to the present embodiment, at lock position (the first lock position) 810L, the first equipment side locking table
Face 811 is orientated as almost immediately below rotary shaft 800c.At the 810L of lock position, the first equipment side locking surface 811 is therefore
Defining the plane intersected with+Z-direction power with approximate right angle, the box 20 being in installment state is from equipment side terminal 700 He
Elastomeric element 648 receives and is somebody's turn to do+Z-direction power.According to the present embodiment, with the first equipment side locking surface as curved surface
811 planes contacted are basic horizontal plane at the 810L of lock position.This reduce and be installed in printer at box 20
While the first box side chain stop between surface 211 with the first equipment side locking surface 811 engage release probability.Therefore,
First lock position 810L in the X-axis direction preferably close to rotary shaft 800c and rotary shaft 800c-X-direction side
On position.This makes the plane basic horizontal contacted with the first equipment side locking surface 811 and prevents from being in installation
Box 20 under state applies+X-direction power to the first equipment side locking surface 811.Even if stopping surface 211 He at the first box side chain
The actual lock position on the first equipment side locking surface 811 is when the first lock position 810L is offset slightly from, by the first locking position
Put 810L to orientate as and desirably reduce lock position deviation in the Z-axis direction close to rotary shaft 800c in the X-axis direction.Change
Yan Zhi, this reduces box 20 in the Z-axis direction relative to the deviation of keeper 60, and ensure that box side terminal 400 and equipment
The excellent electric contact of side terminal 700.Such as, on the cross section of the bar 80 obtained along the plane parallel with X-axis and Z axis, first
Lock position 810L should be located such that through rotary shaft 800c and the straight line parallel with Z-direction with by rotary shaft
Angle A between the straight line that 800c and the first lock position 810L connects is preferably not more than 15 degree, and more preferably no more than 10
Degree, and more preferably it is not more than 5 degree.Angle A is also preferably not less than 1 degree.
As shown in figure 19, guiding elements 820 is arranged between control member 830 and bonding part 810, with from+Z axis side
Terminad extends to-Z-direction end.Guiding elements 820 is used for first during box 20 is installed to keeper 60
Box side restricted part 210 (shown in Figure 12) is directed to bonding part 810, simultaneously constrained box 20 motion in the Y-axis direction.Box
Therefore 20 can be properly installed design and installation position.
Guiding elements 820 is by the guiding diapire 821 arranged along Y direction with from guiding diapire 821 towards-X-axis side
The depression formed to a pair guiding wall 860 of degree in a vertical angle.Guide diapire 821 and this that guiding wall 860 is easily formed depression,
To receive the first box side restricted part 210 being configured to projection.Guiding wall 860 includes being arranged on by this+Y direction side on
The second guiding wall 860b on first guiding wall 860a and being arranged on-Y direction side.Axis body 850a is positioned at the first guiding wall 860a
Outer surface 893 on, and axis body 850b is positioned on the outer surface 891 of the second guiding wall 860b.
Space between two guiding wall 860a and 860b, i.e. between the inner surface of two guiding wall 860a and 860b
Distance, less than the Y direction length of box 20, but is greater than the Y direction length of the first box side restricted part 210 (as led to
Cross what Figure 12 saw).In order to box 20 is installed to keeper 60, the first box side restricted part 210 is received by guiding elements 820,
And simply and reliably it is directed to bonding part 810, and this is to guiding wall 860a and 860b constrained box 20 in the Y-axis direction
Motion, and guide diapire 821 constrained box 20 motion in the Z-axis direction.
Guiding the diapire 821 part in side, bonding part 810 to have groove 870, it is configured to receive the first box
The Part II 214 (Figure 12) of side restricted part 210.Groove 870 sink along+X-direction from the surface guiding diapire 821.
Groove 870 from guide diapire 821 central authorities on+Z-direction extend to its-Z-direction end.
The bar 80 being arranged on keeper 60 is configured to be moved on the first equipment side locking surface 811 by its static load
First lock position 810L.When axis body 850 is fixed by fixture 690, bar 80 is inclined by, with by the first equipment side locking surface
811 be positioned at rotary shaft 800c-X-direction side on (Figure 21).According to an embodiment, by the center of gravity of bar 80 is positioned at
Rotary shaft 800c-Z-direction side and-X-direction side on so that bar 80 tilts.According to another embodiment, by inciting somebody to action
The center of gravity of bar 80 be positioned at rotary shaft 800c+Z-direction side and+X-direction side on so that bar 80 tilts.
A-4-4. the concrete structure of fixture 690
Figure 22 is exploded perspective view and the axonometric chart of bar 80 of fixture 690.Bar 80 is fixed by fixture 690, with by with
Rotatably it is installed to keeper 60.Figure 22 shows that the part-structure of bar 80 fixed by fixture 690.Fixture 690 is
Fixed component 650 by first and the second combination fixing component 680 is constituted.Fixture 690 is made up of synthetic resin, more specifically
It is made up of ABS resin according to the present embodiment.
First fixes component 650 has a pair upstanding portion 651 and through hole 658.According to the present embodiment, first fixes structure
Part 650 also has the jut 636 limiting element as the 3rd equipment side.
First fixes this of component 650 is arranged as across the space for receiving bar 80 upstanding portion 651.Each uprightly
Part 651 has supporting member 645, to receive the axis body 850 of bar 80.According to the present embodiment, each upstanding portion 651 also has
For engaging the second joint hole 656 fixing component 680.
Second fixes component 680 has a pair upstanding portion 681 and through hole 688.According to the present embodiment, second fixes component
680 also have elastic component 682.
Second fixes this of component 680 is disposed through upstanding portion 681 fixing that of component 650 to directly with first
Stand the space that the space between part 651 is identical.Each upstanding portion 681 has stop surface 684 to stop supporting member
654, in case the axis body 850 of stopping bar 80 unexpectedly separates with supporting member 654.According to this embodiment, each upstanding portion 681 is also
There is engagement tab 686 to be coupled in the first joint hole 656 fixing component 650.
In order to bar 80 is installed to keeper 60, fix component 650 by each axis body 850 of bar 80 is arranged on first
Upstanding portion 651 corresponding supporting member 654 in, position bar 80.Subsequently, two fixing components 650 and 680 are assembled,
Make supporting member 654 (it has the axis body 850 being coupled to bar 80 therein) by the second corresponding stop fixing component 680
Surface 684 stops.First and second fix component 650 and 680 afterwards such as by being arranged on the screw in through hole 658 and 688
It is fixed to the wall of keeper 60.Bar 80 is rotatably installed to keeper 60 by this.
Figure 23 is the peripheral structure of bar 80 in box 20 is installed to the installment state of keeper 60.Describe with reference to Figure 23
The axis body 852 of bar 80 and first fixes the relation between the supporting member 654 of component 650.Figure 23 shows along through first
The cross section of the bar 80 that box 20 is carried out locking that equipment side locking surface 811 and the plane parallel with X-axis and Z axis obtain.Figure
The prominent shape of the axis body 850 of the bar 80 shown in phantom in 23, and double dot dash line shows supporting member 654 and stop table
The prominent shape in face 684.
As being clearly understood that by Figure 23, by the inner arcuate surface 852 of axis body 850 and outer arcuate surface 854 and supporting
Rotary shaft 800c of bar 80 is positioned by the contact of element 654.Bar 80 rotates (from+Y direction observation) counterclockwise make
Axis body 850 radial side 856 and supporting member 654 against.This further restricts turning clockwise (from+Y-axis of bar 80
Direction is observed).Which ensure that the stable rotation of bar 80, and box 20 is maintained at steady statue the installation site of design.
In bar 80 rotary course, elastic component 682 abut against rotary shaft 800c-Z-direction side on bar 80
Engage the back side 880.Therefore box 20 is being installed to keeper 60 or is limiting bar 80 during it unloads by elastic component 682
Rotating range.During box 20 is installed to keeper 60, elastic component 682 is against the joint back side 880 of bar 80, and bullet
Property deformation so that it is along including-direction of X-direction vector components presses to engaging the back side 880.Which ensure that bar 80
Bonding part 810 moves to lock position (the first lock position) 810L.
A-5. box 20 is installed to keeper 60 and unloads from it:
Figure 24 to Figure 27 shows the process (installation process) that box 20 is installed or is arranged to keeper 60.Figure 24 to Figure 27
It is the sectional view corresponding with Fig. 5 and Figure 17, and once order is arranged sequentially in time.
In order to box 20 is installed to keeper 60, first process is that box 20 is inserted through the end face of keeper 60, such as figure
Shown in 24.It is that box 20 is moved along-Z-direction or installation direction after process, so that the second box side limiting unit of box 20
220 sides are divided to initially enter keeper 60 and the second box side restricted part 220 is inserted into the second equipment side restriction element afterwards
620.In the state of Figure 24, the bonding part of the bar 80 that the first box side restricted part 210 of box 20 is located in keeper 60
810+Z-direction side on.
Box 20 pivots (from+Y direction observation), this second box side limiting unit clockwise around the second box side restricted part 220
Points 220 are inserted into the second equipment side limits in element 620 as the pivotal point from the state rotation of Figure 24 so that the of box 20
Three side, faces 203 are moved towards the wall member 601 of keeper 60.As shown in figure 25, along-Z after the first box side restricted part 210
Direction of principal axis moves, and box 20 is along Y direction and moving by the guiding elements by the bar 80 in Figure 19 along X-direction simultaneously
820 (that is, a pair lead arm 860a and 860b) limits, and guides diapire 821 to limit.
When box 20 rotates from the state of Figure 25 further to be pressed into the 3rd side, face 203, the first box side restricted part 210
Pressed further towards Z-direction.As shown in figure 26, after bar 80 by the first box side restricted part 210 towards-X-direction
Pressure, to rotate (from+Y direction observation) counterclockwise.Bar 80 receives edge against elastic component 682 and from elastic component 682
Exerting pressure of the direction that pushed back clockwise by bar 80.This is exerted pressure is to include-the external force of X-direction vector components.Bar 80
Therefore rotatable scope is limited by elastic component 682.The bar 80 of Figure 26 is executed against elastic component 682 and by elastic component 682
The state of pressure keeps, until box 20 is further pressed into and the guiding structure of the first box side restricted part 210 pressing rod 80
Part 820.
When box 20 rotates from the state of Figure 26 further to be pressed into the 3rd side, face 203, the first box side restricted part 210
The guiding elements 820 of final pressing rod 80.Be rotated after bar 80, with along shown in Figure 27-X-direction moves the first box side
Restricted part 210.Therefore bonding part 810 moves to the first lock position 810L and the first box side restricted part 210 is locked
Only at the first lock position 810L.More specifically, as shown in the close up view of bottom right, the first equipment side locking table of bonding part 810
Surface 211 (the first bearing part) is stopped against the first box side chain of the first box side restricted part 210 in face 811 (Part I), with
Constrained box 20 is moved along+Z-direction.Second equipment side locking surface 813 (Part II) of bonding part 810 also against
Second box side chain of the first box side restricted part 210 stops surface 213 (the second bearing part), with constrained box 20 in+X-direction
Motion.Although the first box side chain only surface 211 and the second box side chain only surface 213 are illustrated as two at the feature of Figure 27
That separate, substantially vertical surface, as shown in fig. 27 a, but the Part I 212 of the first box side restricted part 210 can be with shape
Become and there is curved surface so that the first box side chain only surface 211 and the second box side chain only surface 213 are configured to identical table
The separate section in face.Alternatively, as shown in figure 27b, the bonding part 212 of the first box side restricted part 210 can be formed as flat
Smooth inclined surface or other shapes so that the first box side chain only surface 211 and the second box side chain only surface 213 are configured to
The separate section of similar face.As a part for installation portion, supplied with printing material after the ink feed structure 280 of box 20
Should connect by pipe 640, the second box side restricted part 220 engages and the first box lateral spacing with the second equipment side restriction element 620 simultaneously
Part 210 processed engages with bonding part 810.This accomplishes and box 20 is installed to keeper 60.Box 20 is in design and installation position
Suitable be arranged between box side terminal 400 and equipment side terminal 700 electrical connection set up so that it is allow in box 20 and printing
Signal transmission is carried out between machine 50.
According to the present embodiment, as shown in Figure 23 and Figure 27, elastic component 682 is configured to box 20 is being installed to keeper
Under the installment state of 60 not with bar 80 against, and the most external force is not applied to bar 80.This reduce bar 80 elastic by external force
The probability that the probability of deformation and bonding part 810 are deviateed from the first lock position 810L.This is it is ensured that box side
Stable electrical connection between son 400 and equipment side terminal 700.
According to another embodiment, elastic component 682 can be designed as in the installation that box 20 is installed to keeper 60
Against bar 80 under state, and thus by power along including-direction of X-direction vector components is applied to bar 80.In the application
In, elastic component 682 continuously by power along including-direction of X-direction vector components is applied to bar 80, regardless of whether bar 80
Position how.Bonding part 810 is moved to the first lock position 810L with enough power by this, so that box 20 is installed to keeper
60.These give obvious click (click), to inform that subscriber box 20 is locked by bonding part 810.
According to another embodiment, elastic component 682 can be omitted.The application reduces the total number of parts.
The process unloaded from keeper 60 by box 20 is described.In order to be unloaded from keeper 60 by box 20, user is along-X-axis
Direction pressing operation component 830.In other words, user by external force Pr (Fig. 5) along including-direction of X-direction vector components executes
It is added to control member 830.After bar 80 by bonding part 810 around rotary shaft 800c along including+side of X-direction vector components
To movement.Meanwhile, the first box side chain only surface 211 rotates along the direction of the arrow Y22 shown in Figure 23 and moves.This is by
One box side restricted part 210 departs from from bonding part 810, and eliminates in+Z-direction the 3rd face 203 for box 20
The restriction of the motion of side.Eliminate in+Z-direction the restriction for the motion of box 20 make the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20 by
The Pt that exerts pressure from contact mechanism 70 moves along+Z-direction.Box 20 is moved to the shape of Figure 26 by this from the state of Figure 27
State.Box 20 is by around the second box side restricted part being inserted into the second equipment side and limiting in element 620 pivotal point as rotation
220 rotate counterclockwise (from+Y direction observation), to be drawn from the diapire component 601 of keeper 60 the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20
Open.Box 20 is moved to the state of Figure 25 by this from the state of Figure 26, and further moves to the state of Figure 24.User can be by
External force along including-direction of X-direction vector components is applied to jut 260, with rotation box 20.This operation is by the of box 20
Three side, faces 203 rotate counterclockwise (observing from+Y direction), and are moved along+Z-direction the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20.
3rd side, face 203 of user's holding box 20, and the second box side restricted part 220 is limited element 620 from the second equipment side
Open, so that box 20 is removed from keeper 60.
As shown in the close up view of Figure 27, the control member 830 of bar 80 includes control member apparent surface 831.At inciting somebody to action
Box 20 under installment state removes from keeper 60, when control member 830 is pressed by user, and control member apparent surface
831 contact with jut 260.Control member apparent surface 831 to including-X-direction vector components becomes with+Z-direction vector
The direction divided tilts.Bar 80 is rotated along the direction of arrow Y27 around rotary shaft 800c make control member apparent surface 831 with
Jut 260 contacts, and including-and the direction Yh of X-direction vector components and+Z-direction vector components is to jut 260
Pressure.This contributes to unloading box 20 from keeper 60.Even if being blocked by a part for keeper 60 at box 20 and can not leading to
Cross the first box side chain only surface 211 to move from the first lock position 810L along the movement of+X-direction along+Z-direction
Time, by using control member apparent surface 831 and jut 260, the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20 still can be along+Z axis side
To movement.
A-6. the installation detection method of use installation detection terminal:
Figure 28 shows the circuit board 40 of the box 20 according to first embodiment and the block diagram of the electronic structure of printer 50.
Printer 50 includes display floater 590, power supply circuits 580, main control circuit 570 and sub-control circuit 550.Display floater
590 as display unit, informs the user various information, such as, the working condition of printer 50 and the installment state of box 20.
Display floater 590 can be arranged on can be from the working cell (not shown) that the outside of printer 50 is observed.Power supply electricity
Road 580 includes that the first power supply 581, to produce the first supply voltage VDD, and also includes that second source 582 is to produce second source
Voltage VHV.First supply voltage VDD is the normal power supplies voltage (such as, the rated voltage of 3.3V) for logic circuit.Second
Supply voltage VHV is for the high voltage that 540 (Fig. 2) are driven (such as, the rated voltage of 42V) to injection ink.
These voltage VDD and VHV is provided to sub-control circuit 550, simultaneously by based on being provided to other circuit.Main control circuit
570 include CPU 571 and memorizer 572.Sub-control circuit 550 includes memorizer control circuit 551 and mounting testing circuit
552.Circuit structure including main control circuit 570 and sub-control circuit 550 is called " control circuit ".
In nine terminals (Figure 10) on the circuit board 40 being arranged at box 20, reseting terminal 432, clock terminal 433, electricity
Source terminal 436, ground terminal 437 and data terminal 438 electrically connect with memory cell 420.Memory cell 420 is not have
The nonvolatile memory of address terminal.In memory cell 420, based on clock signal SCK inputted from clock terminal 433
Umber of pulse and from data terminal 438 input order data, determine memory cell to be accessed.Memory cell 420
Synchronously receive data from data terminal 438 with clock signal SCK or transmit data to data terminal 438.Clock terminal
433 are used to provide to memory cell 420 clock signal SCK from sub-control circuit 550 (Figure 28).Printer 50 will be used for
The supply voltage (such as, the rated voltage of 3.3V) and the ground voltage (0V) that drive memory cell 420 are applied separately to power supply
Terminal 436 and ground terminal 437.Directly provide by printer 50 for driving the supply voltage of memory cell 420 to be
The first supply voltage VDD or can by less than the first supply voltage VDD first supply voltage VDD produce.Data terminal
438 are used between sub-control circuit 550 and memory cell 420 send data signal SDA.Reseting terminal 432 is used to
Reset signal RST is supplied to memory cell 420 from sub-control circuit 550.Four detection terminal 431,434,435 and is installed
439 are connected with each other by the wiring in the circuit board 40 (Fig. 3) of box 20 and are all grounded.Such as, install detection terminal 431,
434,435 and 439 are connected to be grounded with ground terminal 437.According to another embodiment, install detection terminal 431,434,
435 and 439 can be by any access path ground connection, without ground terminal 437.As being clearly understood that by this specification,
Detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 is installed to be connected with a part for storage terminal (or memory cell 420), but
It is not connected with any memorizer terminal in addition to ground terminal 437 or memory cell 420.Detection terminal is installed
It is not connected to cause not having signal or voltage to be applied in addition to installation check signal with memorizer terminal or memory cell
Detection terminal is installed, and it is ensured that detection is installed accurately.Four install detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 by
Wiring in the figure embodiment of Figure 28 is connected with each other, but a part for access path can be replaced by resistance.
In Figure 28, pathname SCK, VDD, SDA, RST, OV1, OV2, DT1 and DT2 are assigned to equipment side terminal
Each access path that 731-739 is connected with the box side terminal 431-439 of circuit board 40.About the company to memory cell 420
Connecing path, signal name is used for pathname.
Figure 29 shows the connection between circuit board 40 and mounting testing circuit 552.Four installation detections of circuit board 40
Terminal 431,434,435 and 439 is via corresponding equipment side terminal 731,734,735 and 739 with mounting testing circuit 552 even
Connect.Four installation detection terminals 431,434,435 and 439 of circuit board 40 are grounded.Equipment side terminal 731,734,735 and
The link path between 739 and mounting testing circuit 552 the first supply voltage VDD (3.3V in sub-control circuit 550
Rated voltage) via pull-up resistor connect.
In the figure embodiment of Figure 29, in four installation detection terminals 431,434,435 and 439 on circuit board 40
Three terminals 431,434 and installation detection terminal 435 have good connection with corresponding equipment side terminal 731,734 and 735.
But, detection terminal 439 is installed and with corresponding equipment side terminal 739, there is poor connection.It is used under good connection status
The voltage levvl of the access path of three equipment side terminals 731,734 and 735 is L level (ground voltage level), and in difference
The voltage levvl of the access path being used for equipment side terminal 739 under connection status is H level (supply voltage VDD level).Install
Testing circuit 552 can check the voltage levvl of these access paths, identify relative to four install detection terminals 431,
434, the connection status of the good/difference in 435 and 439 each.
Contact portion cp of four installation detection terminals 431,434,435 and 439 on circuit board 40 is positioned at first area
The outside of 400P, this first area includes contact portion cp of memorizer terminal 432,433,436,437 and 438.Four installations
Contact portion cp of detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 is positioned at four corners of tetragon second area 400T, and this region is wrapped
Include first area 400P.First area 400P preferably includes connecing of five memorizer terminals 432,433,436,437 and 438
Contact portion divides cp, the least tetragon.Second area 400T preferably includes the contact site of box side terminal 431-439
Divide tetragon cp, the least.
When installing detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 good contact for whole four, box 20 does not have significantly
Tilt and guarantee the good contact of memorizer terminal 432,433,436,437 and 438.On the other hand, at four, detection is installed
Terminal 431,434,435 with in any one or the poor state contacted of many persons in 439, box 20 have notable tilt and permissible
Memorizer terminal 432,433,436,437 is caused to contact with any one or the poor of many persons in 438.According to preferred embodiment,
When four any one installed in detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 or many persons cross-contact, detection is installed
Circuit 552 shows the information (character string or image) representing that mistake is installed on display floater 590, to notify that user error is pacified
Dress.
Due to the fact that, contact portion cp installing detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 is disposed in around first
Four corners of region 400P, first area includes contact portion cp of memorizer terminal 432,433,436,437 and 438.?
Box 20 is installed in the installment state of keeper 60, there is some surplus for tilting box 20 so that the circuit board of box 20
40 can tilt relative to the contact mechanism 70 of keeper 60.Such as, up R2 box 20 being inclined such that on circuit board 40
Terminal 431-434 (more specifically, their contact portion) in (Figure 10 A) is compared to the terminal in descending R1 (Figure 10 A)
435-439 (more specifically, their contact portion) may cause the terminal 431-434 in up R2 further from contact mechanism 70
The poor contact of any terminal.Box 20 is inclined such that the terminal 435-439 in the descending R1 on circuit board 40 (more specifically
Ground, their contact portion) compared to the terminal 431-434 (more specifically, their contact portion) in up R2 further from
Contact mechanism 70 may cause the poor contact of any terminal in the terminal 435-439 in descending R1.Box 20 is tilted so that
The left hand edge obtaining circuit board 40 (Figure 10 A) may cause in the left side of circuit board 40 further from contact mechanism 70 compared to right hand edge
On terminal 431,432,435,436 contact with the poor of any terminal in 437.Box 20 is inclined such that circuit board 40
Right hand edge compared to left hand edge further from contact mechanism 70 may cause terminal on the right side of circuit board 40 433,434,
437,438 contact with the poor of any terminal in 439.Poor contact may cause reads data from memory cell 420
Mistake or cause the mistake writing data in memory cell 420.Check whole four installation detection terminals 431,
434, (it is disposed in the contact site including memorizer terminal 432,433,436,437 and 438 to contact portion cp of 435 and 439
Outside the first area 400P of point cp) the best/poor contact advantageously prevent owing to this inclination of box 20 causes
Access errors in poor contact and the memory cell 420 that caused.
A-7. the beneficial effect of embodiment:
A-7-1. the present embodiment is compared to the U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 formerly mentioned and United States Patent (USP)
The specific beneficial effect of the structure disclosed in No.6,276,780.
According in the present embodiment printing material supply system 10, bar 80 is arranged on keeper 60, and the first box
Side restricted part 210 is arranged on box 20.Box side restricted part 210 be positioned at rotary shaft 800c of bar 80-Z-direction side on.
Different from the structure that in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, bar are combined with box, for the joint being combined with keeper
Component is not between rotary shaft and the control member of bar.Therefore, there is no need to produce between bar and box side relatively large away from
From.Therefore, the structure of embodiment shortens the distance between bar 80 and the 3rd face 203 of box 20, i.e. chi in the X-axis direction
Very little, shorten the length of bar, i.e. size in the Z-axis direction simultaneously.This allows to significantly reduce printer 50 and whole printing
The size of material supply system 10, and reduce for transport and the size of the encapsulation of distribution boxes 20, which advantageously reduces fortune
Defeated cost and component costs.This beneficial effect is not to keep at printer as described in United States Patent (USP) No.6,276,780 simply
Part rather than provide bar to realize on box.This provides the benefit that by rotary shaft 800c of bar 80 is arranged on control member 830
And between bonding part 810 and the first box side restricted part 210 is positioned at bar 80 rotary shaft 800c-Z-direction side
On realize.
Printing material supply system 10 according to the present embodiment includes relatively short bar 80 and has smaller szie and more
First box side restricted part 210 of simple structure (such as, projection).Compared at U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811
Described in structure, which increase bar 80 and the rigidity of the first box side restricted part 210, and allow for bar 80 and the first box
Side restricted part 210 (box 20) selects the material of higher rigidity relatively.This causes significantly decreasing bar 80 and the first box lateral spacing
The plastic deformation of part 210 processed or the probability of creep.In installment state, box 20 can be maintained at the conjunction in keeper 60
Right position is put, and this maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal 431-439 and equipment side terminal 731-739, and reduces
Poor seriality.Because the first box side restricted part 210 of the present embodiment has little size and simple result, so
In the encapsulation (particularly Vacuum Package) of transport and distribution box 20, need not special attention carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar, this
Different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.Which improve the convenience of use.For this beneficial effect,
It is particularly preferred for providing jut to be used as the first box side restricted part 210 as described in the embodiment.
In the printing material supply system 10 according to the present embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 is positioned at the rotation of bar 80
Rotating shaft 800c-Z-direction side on.As noted previously, under the installment state of box 20, equipment side terminal 731-739 produces
On the direction that circuit board 40 is pushed back (that is, including+direction of Z-direction vector components and-X-direction vector components on)
The Pt that exerts pressure.Expect that box 20 is moved in+Z-direction by this Pt that exerts pressure in the mounted state.But, in embodiment
In printing material supply system 10, rotary shaft 800c of bar 80 be positioned at the first box side restricted part 210-Z-direction side on, make
Bar 80 constrained box 20 from+Z-direction lateral-motion of Z-direction side.
According to the present embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 be positioned at rotary shaft 800c of bar 80-Z-direction side on and-
On X-direction side.When box 20 moves along+Z-direction, bar 80 produces the torque as shown in the arrow M in Fig. 5.This turn
Square is had an effect so that the first box side restricted part 210 is effectively pressed in-X-direction by bonding part 810.Along with by
Exerting pressure X-direction vector components moving box 20 in-X-direction of Pt, this torque is also had an effect and is moved connecing of bar 80
Close part 810.It is in the box 20 therefore capacity of installment state, and by towards equipment side diapire component 601 and the second equipment side
Side wall member 604 presses.This structure of the present embodiment prevents box 20 unexpected hell keeper 60 to depart from, and thus maintains box
Normal or good contact between side terminal 431-439 and equipment side terminal 731-739, and reduce poor seriality.
As shown in figure 27, the first box side restricted part 210 includes that the first box side chain stops surface 211, and it engages against part
The first equipment side locking surface 811 of 810, with the constrained box 20 motion in+Z-direction, and also includes the second box side chain
Only surface 213, it engages against the second equipment side locking surface 813 of part 810, with the constrained box 20 fortune in+X-direction
Dynamic.Which ensure that the torque produced as shown in the arrow M in Fig. 5, and more effectively reduce box side terminal 431-439 and set
Successional probability poor between standby side terminal 731-739.
As shown in figure 12, according to the present embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 has Part II 214.First box lateral spacing
Part 210 processed reduces first box side restricted part 210 under box 20 is installed to the installment state of keeper 60 and is locked in
Bonding part 810-Z-direction side on the probability of position.During box 20 is installed to keeper 60, user
Can be deeper along the state pressing than Figure 27 in keeper 60 in-Z-direction by box 20.Even if in this case,
The Part II 214 of the first box side restricted part 210 is still against the second equipment side locking surface 813 of bar 80, to prevent first
Box side restricted part 210 be positioned in bonding part 810-Z-direction side on.This reduce the first box side restricted part 210
The probability of unexpected lock position it is locked at by bonding part 810.
A-7-2. in the installment state of box, reduce the effect of external force:
Figure 30 shows in the external force installing or being applied in arrangement state box 20.The printing operation phase at printer 50
Between, keeper 60 and box 20 move repeatedly on main scanning direction (Y direction or the width of box 20).Therefore box 20 is being protected
Gripping member 60 is accelerated in the direction of the width and accepts external force (inertia force) between deceleration phase.The box 20 accepting external force can be along including width
The direction of rotation of direction vector composition (Y direction vector components) is around ink feed structure 280 (Figure 27) and printing material supply
Pipe 640.More specifically, the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20 can rotate along the direction of arrow YR1, the fourth face 204 of box 20 simultaneously
Side can rotate along the direction of arrow YR2.Second side, face 202 of box 20 can also rotate along the defence line of YR3.The side of arrow YR1
Being direction of rotation about the z axis to the direction with arrow YR2, it includes Y direction vector components (width vector components).Arrow
The direction of head YR3 is the direction of rotation around X week, and it includes Y direction vector components (width vector components).
Box 20 is moved the 5th face 205 or the hexahedro 206 so that box 20 by along+Z-direction along the direction of arrow YR3
Pull-up.But, as noted previously, box 20 is limited by bar 80 in this movement in+Z-direction.According to this embodiment, first
Box side restricted part 210 is as shown in figure 13 close to cross part 295.In other words, the first box side restricted part 210 is close to circuit board 40
Plate end 405.First box side restricted part 210 is arranged to close to box side terminal 400.Because the first box lateral spacing
Part 210 processed is by bar 80 locking, so the periphery of the first box side restricted part 210 causes position to move substantially without by external force.
Box side terminal 400 is arranged on and there is the position moved minimum position effectively prevent each terminal of box side terminal 400
431-439 is relative to the position mispairing of keeper 60, and therefore maintain between box side terminal 400 and equipment side terminal 700 is steady
Fixed electrical connection.In order to ensure this beneficial effect, preferably by least some of (particularly the of the first box side restricted part 210
One box side chain stops surface 211) in the Y-axis direction (width, when along-X-direction from the 3rd face 203 side observation box 20 time)
It is positioned between the first outside 439P (Figure 10 A) of outside 435P and second.
As it is shown in fig. 7, according to the present embodiment, the angle part 265 of box 20 has from the first face 201 along+Z-direction extension
Ladder 207 (the 7th face).7th face 207 be positioned at chamfered surface (octahedral) 208-X-direction side and-Z-direction side
On.7th face 207 has the 3rd box lateral spacing element 250.As shown in Fig. 2 and Figure 14-Figure 16, keeper 60 has the 3rd equipment
Lateral spacing element (jut) 636.3rd box lateral spacing element 250 contacts with jut 636.This further restricts box 20
The 3rd side, face 203 in the direction of the width around printing material supply pipe 640 and the motion of ink feed structure 280.3rd box side
Limit element 250 and be preferably constructed to a pair haunched member prominent along+X-direction from the 7th face 207, with in-between
Receive jut 636, as be shown in the examples.This simple structure effectively limit the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20 at width
Side is upwards about printing material supply pipe 640 and the motion of ink feed structure 280.
As shown in figure 13, according to the present embodiment, the terminal support structure 408 of circuit board 40 and the 3rd box lateral spacing element
250 it is arranged in the X-axis direction (when from the first side, face 201 along+Z-direction observation box 20) overlap each other.This enters one
Step effectively limit the box 20 motion on the direction of arrow YR1, and is therefore prevented from box side terminal 400 relative to keeper
The motion (deviation) of 60.
In the above description, being applied to the external force of box 20 in the width direction is to be produced by the box 20 motion on main scanning direction
Raw inertia force.But, the external force being applied to box 20 is not limited to this inertia force.Such as, in posture printer, print
Head moves on main scanning direction, but box 20 is installed to static keeper, and does not moves on main scanning direction.
But, in posture printer, box 20 may accept external force.More specifically, external force (inertia force) may be such as due to from print
Brush movement on main scanning direction and the vibration that produces is applied to box 20.
A-7-3. the inclination of the box 20 being under installment state is reduced
As shown in figure 12, according to the present embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 is set and the width (Y-axis through box 20
Direction length) central authorities plane Yc intersect.As it is shown in figure 5, box 20 under being in installment state receive from keeper 60 include+
Ps and Pt that exert pressure of Z-direction vector components.These Ps and Pt that exert pressure by the first box side restricted part 210 towards bar 80
Bonding part 810 presses.Even if the box 20 under being in installment state by external force when X-axis or Z axis shake, the first box lateral spacing system
Part 210 moves about in the position intersected with plane Yc the most hardly.
First box side restricted part 210 is positioned as close to cross part 295, i.e. close to plate end 405.There is provided very
Position close to box side terminal 400 is moved the first the least box side restricted part 210 and be ensure that box side terminal 400 and contact
Stable electrical connection between mechanism 70.
The live part of the concrete position being used for constrained box side terminal 400 of the first box side restricted part 210 is the first box
Side chain stops surface 211.It is therefore preferred to the first box side chain only surface 211 is orientated as close possible to box side terminal 400.Omit
The Part III 215 of the first box side restricted part 210 and being orientated as bonding part 212 contacts with the first limit 290 so that
One box side chain stops surface 211 can be as close possible to cross part 295 or plate end 405.It further ensures that box side terminal 400
Electrically connect with stable between contact mechanism 70.
According to this embodiment, as shown in Figure 10, in contact portion cp of each box side terminal 400, in the Y-axis direction
Centre has the ground terminal 437 of contact portion cp and is arranged on the position intersected with plane Yc.Other terminals 431-
436, contact portion cp of 438 and 439 is arranged to relative to the line of plane Yc Yu the cross part of ground terminal 437 is axis pair
Claim.Plane Yc has the least motion, because the position of the first box side restricted part 210 is secured.Box side terminal 400 sets
Put in plane Yc have small movements or near it.Except the first box side restricted part 210 is arranged on closely box
The position of side terminal 400, is positioned at box side terminal 400 in plane Yc or further ensure that box side terminal near it
Stable between 400 with contact mechanism 70 electrically connects.
A-7-4. the intense adjustment of box 20 in installment state:
According to this embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 (more specifically, the first box side chain stops surface 211) is not positioned at
Outside, but be positioned in the Y-axis direction be positioned at box side terminal 400 +Y direction side on the first outside 435P be positioned at
Box side terminal 400-Y direction side on the second outside 439P between the inside of scope 40Y.It is installed to protect at box 20
After gripping member 60, box side terminal 400 receives the+power of Z-direction vector components from equipment side terminal 700, to adjust box subtly
The inclination of 20 or the direction of more specifically adjustment inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 (being provided with box side terminal 400 thereon).System
Make mistake and may change each equipment side terminal 731-739 and the position of equipment side chamfered surface 708 or the first box lateral spacing system
First box side chain of part 210 stops the level on surface 211.Even if in this case, inclined-plane terminal support structure 408
What the intense adjustment in direction ensure that between box side terminal 400 with equipment side terminal 700 stable electrically connects.
Figure 31 shows the intense adjustment in the direction of inclined-plane terminal support structure 408.Intense adjustment box 20 attitude it
The position of back box 20 is shown by dashed lines.In this example, the installation detection terminal 731 of equipment side terminal 700 is from equipment side inclined-plane
Surface 708 (Figure 18) is more morely than design flow prominent along+Z-direction.In this case, inclined-plane terminal support structure 408
+ power Ph in the direction of Z-direction vector components is received along including from installing detection terminal 731.First box side chain is stopped surface
211 are positioned at scope 40Y interior permission box 20 more rotates around X-axis.In other words, power Ph is applied to inclined-plane terminal support structure
408 attitudes allowing damper box 20 subtly.In the example that figure 31 illustrates, the attitude of box 20 be adjusted to subtly towards
Hexahedro 206th rolls tiltedly.
A-7-5. the beneficial effect of the second box side restricted part 220:
Box 20 has the second box side restricted part 220 (Figure 27) on fourth face 204, and it is used for constrained box 20 from its+X
Move along+Z-direction in direction of principal axis side.It further ensures that stablizing between box side terminal 400 and equipment side terminal 700
Electrical connection.
According to this embodiment, the second box side restricted part 220 is along the prominent projection of-X-direction from fourth face 204
Portion.Second box side restricted part 220 is inserted into the second equipment side of the form of the through hole with keeper 60 and limits element 620
(Fig. 3) in.User by box 20 around be inserted into second equipment side limit element 620 (Fig. 2) the second box side restricted part 220 near
Rotate, box 20 is installed to keeper 60 or unloads from it.Second equipment side limits element 620 therefore as by box
20 are installed to keeper 60 or the guiding piece unloaded from it.This structure contributes to box 20 being installed to keeper 60 or from it
Unload.The second box side restricted part 220 with jut form can be simply provided on the fourth face 204 of box 20.
A-7-6. the beneficial effect of jut 260
As shown in figure 27, according to the present embodiment, box 20 on the 3rd face 203 the first box side restricted part 210+Z axis
There is on side, direction jut 260.In order to box 20 is unloaded from keeper 60, by power from+X-direction lateral-X-direction side executes
Be added to the control member 830 of bar 80 control member 830 is contacted with jut 260 and by jut 260 along including+
The direction Yh pressure of Z-direction vector components.Therefore jut 260 receives has+the power of Z-direction vector components.This helps
In by using control member 830 to be unloaded from keeper 60 by box 20.Even if box 20 by keeper 60 a part block
And surface 211 can not be stopped from the first lock position 810L along the movement of+X-direction and along+Z axis by the first box side chain
When direction is moved, by using jut 260, the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20 still can be moved along+Z-direction.
Although being directly applied to jut 260 from control member 830 according to embodiment external force, but external force may not be by
It is applied to jut 260 from control member 830.Rotational operation member 830 by bonding part 810 from the first box side restricted part
210 depart from, and eliminate in+Z-direction the restriction of the motion of the 3rd side, face 203 for box 20.Eliminate in+Z axis side
Upwards the restriction for the motion of box 20 makes the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20 by the Pt that exerts pressure from contact mechanism 70 along+Z
Direction of principal axis moves.The jut 260 of box 20 moves along direction YH simultaneously.User grips the jut moved along direction Yh
The periphery of 260 and easily box 20 being unloaded from keeper 60.There is provided jut 260 to improve to be write from keeper 60 by box 20
Operability, be applied directly to jut 260 without by power from control member 830.
A-7-7. the beneficial effect of the position of ink feed structure 280:
As shown in figure 27, according to the present embodiment, ink feed structure 280 is arranged on the first face 201 compared to close
3rd face 203 is closer to the position of fourth face 204.In X-axis between outer surface and the 3rd face 203 of ink feed structure 280
Distance on direction is therefore more than the distance between outer surface and the fourth face 204 of ink feed structure 280.Box side terminal 400
It is arranged on the inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 adjacent with the 3rd face 203.In other words, ink feed structure 280 is arranged on
Leave the position of box side terminal 400.This reduce ink be adsorbed to the probability of box side terminal 400 and prevent box side
Poor contacting between son 400 and equipment side terminal 700.
A-7-8. the beneficial effect of ground terminal 437
According to the present embodiment, among contact portion cp of box side terminal 400, the central authorities of Y direction have contact
The ground terminal 437 of part cp is arranged on what central plane Yc with the width (Y direction length) through box 20 was intersected
Position.Ground terminal 437 is configured to during box 20 is installed to keeper 60 at other boxes side terminal 431-
436,438 contact mechanism 70 is contacted with before 439.Thus produce at the width of box 20 or the basic centre of Y direction length
First it is applied to exerting pressure of circuit board 40 from keeper 60.This prevent be applied to circuit board 40 exert pressure play a role and
Make box 20 tilt to Y direction, and so that box 20 is installed in the installation site of design.Ground terminal 437 is at other
Contact with this of contact mechanism 70 of keeper 60, even if at less desirable high voltage before terminal 431-436,438 and 439
When being applied to box 20, also can be by asking that the grounding function of ground terminal 437 advantageously prevent or reduces that high voltage causes
Topic and fault.
A-7-9. the beneficial effect of the shape on the first equipment side locking surface 811:
As shown in figure 21, the first equipment side locking surface 811 is to have around rotation on the cross section parallel with X-axis and Z axis
The arc of axle 800c.During box 20 is installed to keeper 60, which ensure that box 20 is installed to keeper 60 and
The smooth operation unloaded from it.First equipment side locking surface 811 is formed as curved surface reduce and be installed to by box 20
The amount pushed back along+Z-direction by elastomeric element 648 (Figure 27) during keeper 60.Which ensure that box side terminal 400 with
Excellent electric contact between equipment side terminal 700.
One example of this beneficial effect is described with reference to Figure 32 A to Figure 32 F.The vertical direction of Figure 32 A to Figure 32 F is corresponding
In Z-direction;Upward direction in accompanying drawing is corresponding to+Z-direction, and in downward direction corresponding to-Z-direction, they are those
This contrary direction.Figure 32 A to Figure 32 C shows and uses the first equipment side locking surface 811 being formed as curved surface to pacify
Mounted box, and be to arrange sequentially in time.Figure 32 D to Figure 32 F shows and uses the first equipment side locking being formed as plane
Mounting box is carried out on surface 811, and is to arrange sequentially in time.
As shown in fig. 32 a, in order to box 20 is installed to keeper 60, the first box side restricted part 210 is along-Z-direction
Mobile, simultaneously against guiding diapire 821.As shown in fig. 32b, when the first box side restricted part 210 is further along-Z-direction
When being moved through guiding diapire 821, the first equipment side locking surface 811 is moved along the direction of arrow Y32.When user is along-Z
During direction of principal axis firmly pressing box 20, the first box side restricted part 210 be positioned at the first equipment side locking surface 811-Z-direction side
On.When user unclamps the gripping for box 20, box 20 is by elastomeric element 648 and Ps and Pt that exert pressure of equipment side terminal 700
+ Z-direction upwards presses.As shown in fig. 32 c, when the first equipment side locking surface 811 is formed as curved surface, box 20
The momentum that is pushed upwardly of the first box side restricted part 210 be D1.
As shown in Figure 32 D to Figure 32 F, when the first equipment side locking surface 811t is formed as plane, the first box of box 20
The momentum that is pushed upwardly of side restricted part 210 is D2, and it is more than D1.
In the installment state of box 20, compared to being formed as the first equipment side locking surface 811t of plane, be formed as curved
First equipment side locking surface 811 of curved surface may be located at more to-Z-direction side.This reduce the first box side restricted part
210 be pushed upwardly momentum.
According to this embodiment, it is positioned at and presets or the first equipment side locking surface 811 at the first lock position 810L is in X-axis
Close to rotary shaft 800c on direction (Figure 21).Even if it is inclined from the first lock position 810L in the X-axis direction in actual lock position
From time, this still reduces the first equipment side locking surface 811 displacement in the Z-axis direction.Therefore this prevent box 20
In the Z-axis direction relative to the deviation of keeper 60.
B. additional embodiment:
Figure 33 shows the printer 50a according to the second embodiment.Figure 33 shows and the Figure 17 according to first embodiment
Corresponding cross section, cross section.With the difference of the printer 50 of first embodiment, it is that fixture 690a does not have elastic component
682.In addition the printer 50a of the second embodiment and the printer 50 of first embodiment have identical structure.Similar element by
Similar reference numerals represents, and does not the most have specific explanations.It is installed to the box 20 of printer 50a with to be installed to first real
The box 20 of the printer 50 executing example has identical structure.
As shown in figure 33, fixture 690 do not have bar 80 along including-direction of X-direction vector components is to bar 80
The elastic component of pressure.But, bar 80 is designed to, by its static load, the first equipment side locking surface 811 is navigated to the first lock
Stop bit puts 810L so that the first box side chain of box 20 stops surface 211 by the first equipment side locking surface 811 locking of bar 80.
The printer 50a of the second embodiment has the beneficial effect that the printer 50 with first embodiment is similar.Additionally, not
The structure of the fixture 690 with elastic component reduces the probability that fixture 690 damages or ruptures, and reduces parts
Sum, to reduce the manufacturing cost of printer 50a.
C. the 3rd embodiment:
Figure 34 shows the axonometric chart of the outward appearance of the box 20b according to the 3rd embodiment.Its box 20 with first embodiment
(Fig. 7) difference is the size of box 20b.In addition the box 20b of the 3rd embodiment and the box 20 of first embodiment have identical knot
Structure.Similar element is represented by similar reference numerals, and does not the most have specific explanations.The printer of the 3rd embodiment is fitted
For box 20b, but with the keeper 60 of first embodiment and each component (such as, bar 80) tool of being arranged on keeper 60
There is identical structure.
Box 20b has the size bigger than the box 20 of first embodiment, and can accommodate more substantial ink.Box 20b
It is installed to can big paper (such as, size A2 to A0) be carried out the box mounting structure of the big ink-jet printer printed.
Box 20b by along as installation direction SD-Z-direction is installed to the box mounting structure of big ink-jet printer.Implement according to this
Example ,-Z-direction is horizontal aspect.Being installed in the installment state of box mounting structure at box 20b, X-direction is vertical side
To.More specifically ,+X-direction is direction straight up, and-X-direction is vertically downward direction.
D. the modification of box structure:
Figure 35 to Figure 37 shows the modification of box structure.These boxes designed to be used and the print according to first embodiment
Brush machine 50 has the printer of identical structure.These boxes element similar with the box 20 of first embodiment is by similar accompanying drawing mark
Note represents.
D-1. the modification of box profile:
Figure 35 A to Figure 35 H shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments.Box 20c shown in Figure 35 A
There is the housing of ellipse or oraloid.Box 20c has the first box side restricted part 210 and the circuit board being arranged on front
40.Ink feed structure 280 is formed at the bottom surface of box 20c, and the second box side restricted part 220 is arranged on the back of the body of box 20c
Face.When from its front face side observation box 20c, this box 20c has fixed width.Box 20 shown in this box 20c Yu Fig. 7 is compatible,
Can be with figure as long as the first and second box side restricted parts 210 and 220, circuit board 40 and ink feed structure 280 are configured to
Appropriate section in 50 connects.
Box 20d shown in Figure 35 B has the approximate rectangular parallelepiped shape similar with the box 20 in Fig. 7.Its
Big difference with the box 20 of Fig. 7 is that octahedral 208 is not continuous from the lower end in the 3rd face 203.Box 201 shown in Figure 35 G exists
Shape is upper with design similar with box 20d, but the first box side restricted part 210 is disposed in closer to terminal support structure
The position of 408.Box 20e and 20f shown in Figure 35 C and 35D does not have the 7th in the box 20 being included in Fig. 7.In Figure 35 E
The box 20g illustrated has the circuit board 40 being arranged on octahedral 208 by means of screw.Box 20h shown in Figure 35 F have by
Hinge is fixed or otherwise moveable face 208h, replaces octahedral 208, and circuit board 40 is installed to may move
On the 208h of face.While box 20h is installed on printer, movable surface 208h move to from the position indicated by dotted line by
The position of solid line instruction.Once box 20h is properly installed in printer and movable surface 208h is in and is indicated by solid line
Position, the contact portion of the terminal on circuit board 40 is arranged in contact portion plane TP.These boxes 20c to 20g also with
Box 20 in Fig. 7 is compatible, if the first and second box side restricted parts 210 and 220, circuit board 40 and ink feed structure 280
It is configured to be connected with the appropriate section in printer 50.Box 20m shown in Figure 35 H has elongated members 211a, its
Be connected with the first box side restricted part 210 at one end and via hinge or other pivotable mechanism and box at the other end
The top 202 of 20m connects.Although terminal has smooth shape in the embodiment above, but terminal can be lengthwise, line
Shape or other shapes.Such as, Figure 35 I shows the embodiment of lengthwise terminal 400n, is wherein installed to print as box 20j
Time in brush machine, contact portion cp is aligned in contact portion plane TP.In embodiment shown in Figure 35 J, box 20j include with
Equipment side contact mechanism 70 shown in Figure 18 has the contact mechanism 70j of essentially identical structure (including the structure of terminal).Connect
The structure 70j that has a sudden inspiration has flexible terminal, and this flexible terminal has contact portion, when box 20j is installed in printer, and this contact
Part contacts with the equipment side terminal 700 of contact mechanism 70 and is substantially arranged in contact portion plane TP.Such as Figure 35 I
With in the embodiment that the wherein terminal of 35J is not even shape, " terminal support structure " and " chamfered surface " is considered as permissible
It is considered as box terminal part that contact portion is supported, and therefore represents with by contact portion plane TP.Equally,
The part engaged with equipment side lever of one box side restricted part 210 is positioned at compared to close to following cross part closer to contact portion
Plane TP and the 3rd face 203 contact position and closer to contact portion cp itself: (1) end face 202 intersects with front 203
The cross part of the elongated surfaces of the another one in portion, the one in (2) end face 202 and front 203 and end face 202 and front 203, or
The cross part of the elongated surfaces of both person (3) end face 202 and front 203 (such as has as formed thereby in Figure 35 A and Figure 35 D when box body
End face and during bottom surface).In the embodiment of Figure 35 J, the circuit board 40j of box 20j is positioned in the inside of contact mechanism 70j also
And contact contact mechanism 70 via by the direct of contact mechanism 70j.
Such as be readily appreciated by by the example of Figure 35 A to Figure 35 H, there are other modifications various of box profile.At box
Have in the case of other shapes in addition to approximate rectangular parallelepiped, as shown in the dotted line in Figure 35 A and Figure 35 D,
Six faces of rectangular parallelepiped protrusion part, i.e. bottom surface 201 (the first face), end face 202 (the second face), front 203 (the 3rd face), the back of the body
Face 204 (fourth face), left surface 205 (the 5th face) and right flank 206 (is hexahedro) can be vertical.In it illustrates, art
Language " face " and " plane " represent the virtual plane as shown in Figure 35 A or Figure 35 D or non-existent (imagination) plane and such as Fig. 7
With the physical plane shown in Fig. 8.Term " face " and " plane " include surface and the curved surface of plane.
D-2. there is the box of adapter:
Figure 36 shows the axonometric chart of the structure of the box 20i of the adapter having according to an embodiment.This box 20i energy
Enough be separated into container assemblies 200i and the adapter 299 including ink chamber 200, can be fitted to after them to come together by
It is installed in the keeper of printing equipment.After printing material in ink chamber 200 is exhausted, user is with new container assemblies
Replace container assemblies 200i or printing material is filled in container assemblies 200i.Adapter 299 is to reuse
's.The box 20i of the first embodiment shown in box 20i Yu Fig. 7 is compatible.
It is configured to the housing of container assemblies 200i and for the shell of adapter 299i for the housing 22i of box 20i
The combination of body.Container assemblies 200i includes being configured to the ink chamber 200 of receiving ink, being configured to carry to ink feed structure
Supply ink or the printing material flow path 282 of printing material and resin foam 284.Container assemblies 200i has and box 20i
Corresponding second 202i in the second face 202.Container assemblies 200i also have respectively with first face 201 and the 3rd of box 20i
To first corresponding for octahedral 203-208 201i, the 3rd 203i, fourth face 204i, the 5th (not shown), hexahedro
206i, the 7th 207i and octahedral 208i.First 201i and second 202i is the most relative to each other;First
201i is positioned at-Z-direction side on, and second 202i be positioned at+Z-direction side on.3rd 203i and fourth face 204i is in X-axis
On direction toward each other;3rd 203i be positioned at+X-direction side on, and fourth face 204i be positioned at-X-direction side on.5th
(not shown) and hexahedro 206 the most relative to each other;5th (not shown) be positioned at-Y direction side on, and the 6th
Face 206i is positioned at+Y direction side on.7th 207i and octahedral 208i is formed and is connected by first 201i and the 3rd 203i
Joint face.7th 207i is vertical with first 201i, and forms the plane parallel with Y-axis and Z axis (YZ plane).As
7th 207i of ladder becomes vertical angles relative to first 201i.7th 207i therefore from first 201i along+Z axis
Direction extends.7th 207i be positioned at octahedral 208i-X-direction side and-Z-direction side on.Octahedral 208i is by the 7th
Face 207i and the 3rd 203i connects, and be to including+direction of X-direction vector components and-Z-direction vector components inclines
Oblique chamfered surface.Octahedral 208i tilts to first 201i and the 3rd 203i, and with the 5th (not shown) and the
Hexahedro 206i is vertical.In other words, octahedral 208i is to X/Y plane and YZ planar tilt and vertical with XZ plane.
Adapter 299 has the first face 201 with box 20i, the 3rd face 203, fourth face 204, the 5th face 205, hexahedro
206, the 7th face 207 and the corresponding face of octahedral 208.The face corresponding with second face 202 of box 20i of adapter 299 is
Opening.Adapter 299 has inner space, to receive container assemblies 200i.First face 201 of adapter 299 has ink and supplies
Answer structure 280.Additionally, box 20i has the structure similar to the box 20 of the first embodiment shown in Fig. 7, with or without
Some change.First box side restricted part 210 can be as shown in figure 36 on adapter 299, or at container assemblies 200i
On (not shown).The location of the first box side restricted part 210 and circuit board 40 need not all at container assemblies 200i or adapter
On 299, but one can be on container assemblies 200i and another one can be on adapter 299.Box 20i therefore can be by
It is configured to container assemblies 200i and the combination of adapter 299, as mentioned above.
Figure 37 shows the axonometric chart of the structure of the box 20j with the adapter according to another embodiment.This box 20j
Being separated into the container assemblies 200j and adapter 299j including ink chamber 200, they can be incorporated into together with quilt afterwards
It is installed in the keeper of printing equipment.After printing material in ink chamber 200 is exhausted, user is with new container assemblies
Replace container assemblies 200j or printing material is filled in container assemblies 200j.Adapter 299 is to reuse
's.The box 20i of the first embodiment shown in box 20j Yu Fig. 7 is compatible.
It is configured to the housing of container assemblies 200j and for the shell of adapter 299j for the housing 22j of box 20j
The combination of body.Container assemblies 200j includes ink chamber 200 and the ink feed structure 280 being configured to accommodate ink.Container group
Part 200j has the second face 202 and hexahedro 206 second corresponding 202j and hexahedro 206j with box 20j.Container group
Part 200j also have respectively with first face 203, face the 201, the 3rd of box 20i, fourth face the 204, the 5th face 207, face the 205, the 7th and
Corresponding little 3rd 203j in the first face 20 of octahedral 208, fourth face 204j, the 5th (not shown), the 7th 207j and
Octahedral 208j.First 201j and second 202j is the most relative to each other;First 201j is positioned at-Z-direction side
On, and second 202j be positioned at+Z-direction side on.3rd 203j and fourth face 204j is the most relative to each other;The
Three 203j are positioned at+X-direction side on, and fourth face 204j be positioned at-X-direction side on.5th (not shown) and hexahedro
206 is the most relative to each other;5th (not shown) be positioned at-Y direction side on, and hexahedro 206j is positioned at+Y-axis side
On side.7th 207j and octahedral 208j forms the joint face connected by first 201j and the 3rd 203j.7th
207j is vertical with first 201j, and forms the plane parallel with Y-axis and Z axis (YZ plane).As ladder the 7th
207j becomes vertical angles relative to first 201j.Therefore 7th 207j extend along+Z-direction from first 201j.The
Seven 207j be positioned at octahedral 208j-X-direction side and-Z-direction side on.Octahedral 208j is by the 7th 207j and the 3rd
Face 203j connects, and be to including+the inclined-plane table that tilts of the direction of X-direction vector components and-Z-direction vector components
Face.Octahedral 208j tilts to first 201j and the 3rd 203j, and hangs down with the 5th (not shown) and hexahedro 206j
Directly.In other words, octahedral 208j is to X/Y plane and YZ planar tilt and vertical with XZ plane.
Adapter 299j has corresponding with the first face 203, face the 201, the 3rd, fourth face 204 and the 5th face 205 of box 20j
Face.The face in second face the 202 and the hexahedro 206th of the formation box 20j of adapter 299 is opening.Adapter 299j has inside
Space, to receive container assemblies 200j.Adapter 299j also has opening in the part in the first face 201.It is arranged on container
Ink feed structure 280 in assembly 200j is exposed to the opening being arranged on first face 201 of adapter 299j, and with
Printing material supply pipe 640 (Fig. 2) connects.Box 20j has first box lateral spacing system more simpler than first embodiment structure (Fig. 7)
Part 210, but can have first box side restricted part 210 mutually isostructural with first embodiment (Fig. 7).Or, first
Box side restricted part 210 can be a part or a part of container assemblies 200j of adapter 299j as shown in figure 37
(not shown).Similarly, circuit board 40 can (not show as shown in figure 37 on adapter 299j or on container assemblies 200j
Go out).The location of the first box side restricted part 210 and circuit board 40 need not all on container assemblies 200j or adapter 299j,
But one can be on container assemblies 200j and another one can be on adapter 299j.Box 20j has compared to first
3rd face 203 of embodiment and fourth face 204 have the 3rd face 203 and the 4th of more low clearance (shorter Z-direction length)
Face 204, but can have the 3rd face 203 He compared to first embodiment with identical height (identical Z-direction length)
Fourth face 204.Box 20j does not have jut 260, but can have the jut 260 similar with first embodiment.Additionally,
Box 20j has the structure similar to the box 20 of the first embodiment shown in Fig. 7, changes with or without some.Box 20j because of
This may be constructed such that container assemblies 200j and the combination of adapter 299j, as mentioned above.
Figure 37 B shows the box shown in the embodiment with Fig. 7 is similarly constructed and 20p.But, the district of this embodiment
It not that box 20p is divided into adapter 299p and ink chamber 200p.Before box 20p is installed to printer, adapter 299p
It is fitted on the end 201p (being illustrated by the broken lines) of ink chamber 200p.Equally, terminal 400p is formed directly into adapter 299p
Surface on.When terminal is formed on a planar surface (on the surface of the box in such as the present embodiment or such as electricity in an embodiment
On the surface of road plate) time, the plane surface that it is formed terminal is considered " chamfered surface " or " terminal supporting surface ".
Figure 38 shows the axonometric chart of the structure of the box 20k with the adapter according to another embodiment.Box 20k bag
Including adapter 299k, outer pot 200T, pipeline 200L and minor adaptations 200S, they can all be fitted together, with
It is installed in the keeper of printing equipment.Adapter 299k has identical knot with the adapter 299j described above in reference to Figure 37
Structure.Outer pot 200T accommodates printing material and is positioned at the outside of printer 50 as shown in Figure 1.Minor adaptations 200S has
Ink feed structure 280k.Pipeline 200L is used to from outer pot 200T, printing material is fed to minor adaptations 200S.Outward
Portion tank 200T, minor adaptations 200S and pipeline 200L are used as container assemblies 200k, and it is configured to accommodate ink or printing material
Material.As shown in the dotted line in Figure 38, the box 20k of the present embodiment thereby is thought to have container assemblies 200k.The box of the present embodiment
Therefore 20k can be separated into container assemblies 200k and adapter 299k, shown in box 20i and Figure 37 shown in Figure 36
Box 20j is similar to.After printing material in outer pot 200T is used up, user can replace outer pot by new outer pot
200T or printing material is filled in outer pot 200T.Adapter 299k can reuse.In box 20k Yu Fig. 7
The box 20 of the first embodiment illustrated is compatible.
The housing 22k of box 20k is configured to the housing of virtual container assembly 200k and for the shell of adapter 299k
The combination of body.The structure of virtual container assembly 200k and the structure of adapter 299k and the box 20j described above in reference to Figure 37
Structure be similar to, with or without some change.Additionally, box 20k has box 20 class with the first embodiment shown in Fig. 7
As structure, with or without some change.Therefore box 20k can pass through container assemblies 200k and the combination of adapter 299k
Constitute, as mentioned above.
E. the modification of bar:
According to above example, elastic component 682 is disposed separately with bar 80 (Figure 22).Bar 80 can be by elastic variable
Property material is made.The modification of bar is described with reference to Figure 39 and Figure 40.
Figure 39 A and Figure 39 B illustrates the structure of the bar 80a according to a modification.Figure 39 A shows outside bar 80a
The axonometric chart seen, and Figure 39 B shows the side view of outward appearance of bar 80a.It with the difference of the bar 80 of first embodiment is
Bar 80a have extraly can elastic deformation arm member 890, there is the control member 830a of different shapes and do not include
Groove 870.Additionally, bar 80a with according to the bar 80 (Figure 19) of first embodiment, there is similar structures.Bar 80a is (all by synthetic resin
Such as polypropylene) make.
Figure 40 shows and box 20 is installed to keeper 60a.According to this embodiment, box 20 has the first box side restricted part
210a, and not there is Part II 214 (Figure 12).The axis body 850 of bar 80a is installed to the first equipment side wall member 630.Work as bar
80a is when axis body 850 rotates, and arm member 890a is against the jut of the part being formed as the first equipment side side wall member 603
603t, with elastic deformation.
F. the modification of box side terminal:
Figure 41 A to Figure 41 C shows the modification of terminal shape on circuit boards.Its with Figure 10 A shown in circuit
The difference of plate 40 is that circuit board 40c-40e has difform terminal 431-439.Circuit board 40c shown in Figure 41 A and
Each terminal on circuit board 40d shown in Figure 41 B has irregularly shaped rather than according to first embodiment approximation square
Shape shape (Figure 10 A).In circuit board 40e shown in Figure 41 C, nine terminal 431-439 arrange on one wire, wherein,
Detection terminal is installed detection terminal 435 and 439 is installed is positioned at two ends, and detection terminal 431 and 439 is installed lays respectively at installation
Between detection terminal 435 and power supply terminal 436 and between installation detection terminal 439 and data terminal 438.At these circuit boards
In 40c to 40e, contacting of these terminals 431-439 (it contacting with the equipment side terminal corresponding to these terminals 431-439)
Part cp has the layout identical with the box side terminal 400 shown in Figure 10 A.Each terminal can have the shape of various change
Shape, as long as contact portion cp has identical set.
G. other modifications:
The most specifically describe the present invention with reference to diagram embodiment.But, the present invention is not limited to above enforcement
Example, but embodiment can be made various changes and modifications, and without departing from the scope of the present invention.Being described herein below can
Some examples of energy modification.
G-1. the first modification:
According to above example, the second box side restricted part 220 is arranged on fourth face 204, but can be by suitably
Ground omits.Such as, when having relatively small gap between box 20 and each groove of keeper 60, by fourth face 204
All or in part with the second equipment side side wall member 604 against, can be with fourth face 204 side of constrained box 20 in+Z-direction
Motion, without the second box side restricted part 220.According to another embodiment, the elastic component being such as made up of rubber can
To be arranged between the fourth face 204 of box 20 and the second equipment side side wall member 604 of keeper 60.The fourth face of box 20
The motion in+Z-direction of 204 sides can be by the fourth face 204 of elastic component and box 20 and the second equipment of keeper 60
The friction that side side wall member 604 leans limits.This elastic component can be the component separated with box 20 or keeper 60, or
Person can engage with the fourth face 204 of box 20, or engages with the second equipment side side wall member 604 of keeper 60.Do not having
Have in the application of the second box side restricted part 220, be arranged on the second equipment side in the second equipment side side wall member 604 (Figure 15)
Limit element 620 can also be omitted.
Second box side restricted part 220 is the jut according to above example, but can be to have another kind of form, example
Such as depressed part.In latter is applied, the second equipment side being arranged in the second equipment side side wall member 604 limits element 620
It can be jut.According to another embodiment, keeper 60 can be extra component, and it is configured in-Z-direction
Fourth face 204 side pressure to the second face 202 of box 20.Such as, keeper 60 can have slidably rod component.At box 20
After being disposed in box room 602, fourth face 204 side in the second face 202 of box 20 can be pressed by rod component.
G-2. the second modification:
First box side restricted part 210 is arranged on the position close to the cross part 295 according to above example, but
The optional position can being arranged in scope 40Y on the 3rd face 203, or the outside (figure of scope 40Y can be extended to
12).Make it possible in first box side restricted part 210 is positioned at scope 40 adjust chamfered surface subtly and be mounted thereto
The direction of box side terminal.Which ensure that between box side terminal with equipment side terminal stable electrically connects.
G-3. the 3rd modification:
According to above example, as shown in figure 22, bar 80 has a pair axis body 850, and fixture 690 has supporting unit
Part 654.According to another embodiment, bar 80 can have supporting member, and fixture 690 can have axis body.According to
Upper embodiment, bar 80 and include that the second fixture 690 fixing component 680 is used and is installed to keeper 60, with
Assembling with printer.But, fixture 690 is dispensable.According to another embodiment, supporting member can be with keeper
The outer wall 603W of 60 forms, to receive and fixing bar 80.
G-4. the 4th modification:
As it has been described above, the present invention is not limited to ink-jet printer and its print cartridge, but may apply to be configured to spray
Penetrate the various liquid injection devices of the liquid in addition to ink and liquid container thereof, such as, but be not limited to given below
Liquid injection device and their liquid container:
1. image recorder, such as facsimile machine;
2. color material spraying equipment, it manufactures the colorized optical filtering for image display device (such as, liquid crystal display)
Sheet;
3. electrode material spraying equipment, it is for forming the most organic EL (electroluminescent) display and Field Emission Display
(FED) electrode;
4. liquid injection device, it is configured to injection for the liquid containing bio-organic materials manufacturing biochip
Body;
5. for the sample spraying equipment of accurate pipet;
6. lubricating oil spray appliance;
7. resin solution spray appliance;
8. liquid spraying device, it sprays lubrication in pole in processing at the accurate mechanical including wrist-watch and camera minutely
Oil;
9. liquid injection device, it is configured to the numerical value solution of the most UV-cured resin solution is ejected into substrate
On, to manufacture the hemispherical microlenses (pellicle mirror) for such as optical communication element;
10. liquid spraying device, it is configured to spray acid or alkaline etch solution, to be etched substrate;With
And
11. (11) liquid injection devices, it is equipped with the drop for spraying the another kind of arbitrarily very small size of liquid
Jet head liquid.
" liquid drop " represents the state of the liquid from liquid injection device injection, and can be grain shape, tear
Shape or tapered wire shape.Here " liquid " can be any material that can be sprayed by liquid injection device." liquid
Body " can make to be in any material of liquid phase.Such as, high flow rate or the liquid material of low flow velocity, colloidal sol, gel water, various nothing
Machine solvent and organic solvent, solution, liquid resin and liquid metals (metal melt thing) are all included in " liquid "." liquid "
It is not limited to the liquid of one of three kinds of states of material, but includes solution, dispersion and the mixing of functional solid-state material granule
Thing, such as dissolves, disperses or mixes dye granule in a solvent or metallic particles.The typical case of liquid is included in above reality
Execute the ink described in example and liquid crystal." ink " includes general water-based ink and oil base ink, and various liquid component, all
Such as gelinite ink and thermal melting ink, but it is not limited to these.
G-5. the 5th modification:
The present invention can be completed by following change case.In each change case in bracket after each key element
The symbol of the symbol each key element corresponding to describing in the first embodiment.
G-5-1. the first change case:
One is releasably attached to the box (20) of printing equipment (50) and including: be arranged as forming the first of the outer surface of box
Face (201), first (201) have the ink feed structure (280) being connected with printing equipment;Relative with first (201)
Second (202);3rd (203), it is arranged to have (191) being connected with second (202) and with on one side
(291) contrary another side (290), the 3rd (203) are positioned at first (201) relative to relative direction (Z-direction)
And between second (202), first (201) and second (202) are the most relative to each other;With the 3rd (203)
Relative fourth face (204), fourth face (204) is arranged to be connected first (201) with second (202);Angle part
(265), it is arranged as being formed first (201) and the 3rd outer surface that (203) are connected (265);It is arranged on angle part
(265) the box side terminal (400) on, box side terminal (400) is arranged in box (20) and is installed to the peace of printing equipment (50)
Dress state receives the external force upwards pressed box (20) from the equipment side terminal (700) of printing equipment (50);And first box
Side restricted part (210), it is arranged on the 3rd (203) and above and is arranged in installment state by printing equipment (50)
Bar (80) locking, and the thus constrained box (20) motion on the direction upwards pressed, wherein, the first box side restricted part
210 are arranged on the position close to box side terminal (400).
G-5-2. the second change case:
One is releasably attached to the box (20) of printing equipment (50) and including: be arranged as forming the first of the outer surface of box
Face (201), first (201) have the ink feed structure (280) being connected with printing equipment;Relative with first (201)
Second (202);3rd (203), it is arranged to have (191) being connected with second (202) and with on one side
(291) contrary another side (290), the 3rd (203) are positioned at first (201) relative to relative direction (Z-direction)
And between second (202), first (201) and second (202) are the most relative to each other;With the 3rd (203)
Relative fourth face (204), fourth face (204) is arranged to be connected first (201) with second (202);Angle part
(265), it is arranged as being formed first (201) and the 3rd outer surface that (203) are connected (265);It is arranged on angle part
(265) the box side terminal (400) on, box side terminal (400) is arranged in box (20) and is installed to the peace of printing equipment (50)
Receive the external force that box (20) is upwards pressed from the equipment side terminal (700) of printing equipment (50) under dress state;And first box
Side restricted part (210), it is arranged on the 3rd (203) and above and is arranged in the mounted state by printing equipment (50)
Bar (80) locking, and the thus constrained box (20) motion on the direction upwards pressed, wherein, the first box side restricted part
(210) it is arranged on compared to close to (291) on one side closer to the position of another side (290).
G-5-3. the 3rd change case:
One is releasably attached to the box (20) of printing equipment (50) and including: be arranged as forming the first of the outer surface of box
Face (201), first (201) have the ink feed structure (280) being connected with printing equipment;Relative with first (201)
Second (202);3rd (203), it is arranged to have (191) being connected with second (202) and with on one side
(291) contrary another side (290), the 3rd (203) are positioned at first (201) relative to relative direction (Z-direction)
And between second (202), first (201) and second (202) are the most relative to each other;With the 3rd (203)
Relative fourth face (204), fourth face (204) is arranged to be connected first (201) with second (202);Angle part
(265), it is arranged as being formed first (201) and the 3rd outer surface that (203) are connected (265);It is arranged on angle part
(265) the box side terminal (400) on, box side terminal (400) is arranged in box (20) and is installed to the peace of printing equipment (50)
Receive the external force that box (20) is upwards pressed from the equipment side terminal (700) of printing equipment (50) under dress state;And first box
Side restricted part (210), it is arranged on the 3rd (203) and above and is arranged in the mounted state by printing equipment (50)
Bar (80) locking, and the thus constrained box (20) motion on the direction upwards pressed, wherein, the first box side restricted part
(210) it is arranged on compared to close to (291) on one side closer to the position of another side (290).
Similar with above-mentioned first embodiment, any one in the first to the 3rd change case advantageously prevent box side terminal
Relative to the position mispairing of printing equipment, and stable electrically connecting of therefore ensuring that between box side terminal with equipment side terminal.?
In any one in first to the 3rd change case, when in the mounted state in relative direction (Z-direction) from first side
To the direction of second side be+Z-direction and the direction from second side to first side be-Z-direction time, the first box side
Restricted part be preferably located in the rotary shaft of bar-Z-direction side on.
G-5-4. the 4th change case
One is releasably attached to the box (20) of printing equipment (50) and including: the ink feed knot being connected with printing equipment
Structure (280);Box side terminal (400), it is arranged in box (20) and is installed under the installment state of printing equipment (50) from print
The equipment side terminal (700) of brush equipment (50) receives the external force upwards pressed box (20);And the first box side restricted part
(210), it is positioned at and box side terminal (400) same side and be arranged to bar by printing equipment (50) in the mounted state
(80) locking, and the thus constrained box (20) motion on the direction upwards pressed, wherein, the first box side restricted part
(210) it is arranged on the position close to box side terminal (700).
When upwards direction of exerting pressure be+rightabout of Z-direction and upwards direction of exerting pressure is-Z-direction time, the first box
Side restricted part be preferably located in the rotary shaft of bar-Z-direction side on.
Similar with above-mentioned first embodiment, the 4th change case advantageously prevent the box side terminal position relative to printing equipment
Put mispairing, and stable electrically connecting of therefore ensuring that between box side terminal with equipment side terminal.
G-6. the 6th modification
The present invention can be completed by following change case.In each change case in bracket after each key element
The symbol of the symbol each key element corresponding to describing in the first embodiment.
G-6-1. the first change case:
One is releasably attached to the box (20) of printing equipment (50) and including: be arranged as forming the first of the outer surface of box
Face (201), first (201) have the printing material Supply Structure (280) being connected with printing equipment;With first (201) phase
To second (202);3rd (203), its be arranged to have (191) being connected with second (202) and with
The another side (290) that (291) are contrary on one side, the 3rd (203) are positioned at first relative to relative direction (Z-direction)
And between second (202), relative direction is that first (201) and second (202) are the most relative to each other (201)
Direction;With the 3rd fourth face that (203) are relative (204), fourth face (204) is arranged and first (201) and second
(202) intersect;5th (205), it is arranged to and first (201), second (202), the 3rd (203) and fourth face
(204) intersect;With the 5th hexahedro (206) that (205) are relative;Angle part (265), it is arranged as being formed first
(201) with the 3rd outer surface that (203) are connected (265);The box side terminal (400) being arranged on angle part (265), box side
Terminal (400) is arranged in box (20) and is installed in the installment state of printing equipment (50) equipment from printing equipment (50)
Side terminal (700) receives the external force upwards pressed box (20);And first box side restricted part (210), it is arranged on the 3rd
Face (203) is upper and is arranged in installment state by bar (80) locking of printing equipment (50), and thus constrained box
(20) motion on the direction upwards pressed, wherein, relative to the relative direction (Y of the 5th (205) Yu hexahedro (206)
Direction of principal axis), the first box side restricted part 210 is not located therein being provided with and is in it outside the scope of box side terminal (400)
Inner side.
G-6-2. the second change case:
One is releasably attached to the box (20) of printing equipment (50) and including: the printing material being connected with printing equipment supplies
Answer structure (280);Box side terminal (400), it is arranged on the outer surface of box (20), and box side terminal (400) is arranged in
Box (20) is installed under the installment state of printing equipment (50) receive box from the equipment side terminal (700) of printing equipment (50)
(20) external force upwards pressed;And first box side restricted part (211), outside it is positioned at box side terminal (400) same side
On surface, the first box side restricted part (211) is arranged in the mounted state by bar (80) locking of printing equipment (50), with
The constrained box (20) motion on the direction (+Z-direction) upwards pressed, wherein, relative to the width of box, the first box side
Restricted part (211) is not located therein being provided with the outside of the scope (40Y) of box side terminal (400) but on its inside.Root
According to the first or second change case, box side terminal from equipment side terminal reception along the power of upwards direction of exerting pressure.This makes it possible to shy
The direction adjusting the part being provided with box side terminal to happiness and the stable electricity that ensure that between box side terminal and equipment side terminal
Connect.According to the first or second change case, the preferably first box side restricted part is positioned at the lower section of the rotary shaft of bar.Here art
Language " lower section " is such as corresponding to-Z-direction or the direction contrary with upwards direction of exerting pressure.
G-7. the 7th modification:
The present invention can be by following description with changed.In each description in bracket after each key element
Symbol corresponding to the symbol of each key element described in the first embodiment.
G-7-1. the first change case
One is suitable for the print cartridge (20) being releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Forming component (731-739) including the contact of multiple equipment sides, it is constructed and arranged to when print cartridge (20) is contacted shape by equipment side
When becoming component (731-739) pressure, elastic force (Pt) being applied to print cartridge (20), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) also includes having connecing
Closing the bar (80) of part (810), print cartridge (20) including: box body (22), and it includes front portion (203), rear portion (204), top (202)
With bottom (201), anterior (203) and rear portion (204) are toward each other and top (202) and bottom (201) are relative to each other;Electronics
Device;For accommodating the ink chamber (200) of ink;Ink feed structure (280), it is positioned at the bottom (201) of box body (22)
Place, is suitable for and is configured to from ink chamber (200), ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure
(280) having the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20);Terminal supports
Structure (408), it orientates the front portion (203) of immediately box body (22) as, and terminal support structure (408) has and is connected with electronic installation
Multiple conductance electric terminals (400), terminal (400) is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure (408), to work as print cartridge
(20), when being installed on printing equipment (50), component (731-is formed at contact portion (cp) place of terminal (400) with contacting
739) contacting and receive from it elastic force (Pt), contact portion (cp) is arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), is connect
Tactile part planar is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288);And first restricted part
(210), its bonding part (810) being suitable for bar (80) engages, to limit print cartridge (20) contrary with installation direction (SD)
Direction (RD) on motion, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure
(408)。
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.It is installed on printer at print cartridge
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printer.Because the
The bonding part of one restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs connecing
Closely need most the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can be by suitably
Offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore,
The location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.
It is also possible to needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more to pay close attention to other of such as durability for ink special
The material of box is selected under the state of property.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, prevent so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for box is packaged carrying out the transport of box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity manufacture the first box side restricted part.This makes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
This maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduce the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so for transport and distribution box
Encapsulation need not special attention and carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar, this and the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811
Different.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, (rather than beautiful to become the structure of unique rigidity
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) the most not with
It is vertical, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printer.Additionally, this structure
When the installation of box during printer terminal and circuit board distance scraping have been reduced or eliminated, issuable insulation ruptures (ash
Dirt).
Because the elastic force that printer terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printer applies
To box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words,
Elastic force from printer side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printer side terminal and box side terminal, and when first
Also box is moved along the direction removed from printer when joint between restricted part and printer bar is released from.Therefore, no
Needing as United States Patent (USP) 6, the situation of 955,422 provides additional spring like that, and this makes becoming of simpler structure and reduction
Originally it is possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printer, the position of box terminal will be formed structure by equipment side contact
The elastic force of part is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the direction contrary with installation direction
It is held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, thus they be firmly fixed and can not along installation direction and
The direction both contrary with installation direction is moved.Therefore, and related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40 1
Lateral spacing system is compared, and box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the probability disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Print cartridge as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
Angle between Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree.
As described in reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane becomes relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288
During angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when observing box body (20) under ink feed structure (280) prone state
Time anterior (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400)
Left side and the right side of leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then it contacts with equipment side
The contact forming the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with
The left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400), print cartridge is permissible
Sufficiently tilt so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 3
Print cartridge (20) as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on the rear portion (204) of print cartridge (20),
The various piece (620) that this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is configured to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) engages, its
In, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, the second restricted part (220)
Bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) between distance (B) more than the connecing of the first restricted part (210)
Close the distance (A) between part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part further from by front
During edge limited plane, farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce what the first restricted part departed from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 4
Print cartridge (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and
During ink feed structure (280) those unilateral observation print cartridge (20) prone, when along with the plane limited by leading edge (288)
(BP) during vertical orientation measurement distance, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with limited by leading edge (288)
Plane (BP) between distance (A) less than the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) when box (20) is mounted with by leading edge
(288) distance (C) between the plane (BP) limited.
Distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than being mounted at box
Time bar pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge between distance time, bar be used for constrained box motion.This reduce first
Restricted part releases locking or the probability of disengaging with the bonding part of bar, is thus formed between component with contacting at multiple terminals
Produce stable electrical connection, and reduce poor successional probability.It is applied to be mounted when power forms component from contact
Box time, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from bar
The separate probability in bonding part.
Adaptations 5
Print cartridge (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and
When ink feed structure (280) that side prone (203) observes print cartridge (20), first limiting unit when box (20) is mounted
Divide the bonding part (212) of (210) in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structural plane is downward
That unilateral observation print cartridge time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is at bar
Upper generation rotating torques, to rotate bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce
The bonding part of the first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal
The stable electrical connection formed between component is contacted with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part will be with box one
With mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when before ink feed structure (280) prone state observation box body (22)
During portion (203), at least some of width generally within print cartridge (20) of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210)
Centre.
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of basic bit of the bonding part so that the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of print cartridge, the first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, so that multiple
It is stable that terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 7
Print cartridge as above, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is substantially flush with bottom surface (201).
G-7-2. the second change case
One is suitable for the print cartridge (20) being releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Forming component (731-739) including the contact of multiple equipment sides, it is constructed and arranged to when print cartridge (20) is contacted shape by equipment side
When becoming component (731-739) pressure, elastic force (Pt) being applied to print cartridge (20), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) also includes having connecing
Closing the bar (80) of part (810), print cartridge (20) including: box body (22), and it includes front portion (203), rear portion (204), top (202)
With bottom (201), anterior (203) and rear portion (204) are toward each other and top (202) and bottom (201) are relative to each other;Electronics
Device;For accommodating the ink chamber (200) of ink;Ink feed structure (280), it is positioned at the bottom (201) of box body (22)
Place, is suitable for and is configured to from ink chamber (200), ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure
(280) having the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20);Terminal supports
Structure (408), it orientates the front portion (203) of immediately box body (22) as, and terminal support structure (408) has and is connected with electronic installation
Multiple conductance electric terminals (400), terminal (400) is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure (408), to work as print cartridge
(20) it is installed to contact also with formation component (731-739) that contacts of ink-jet printing apparatus (50) when printing equipment (50) is upper
Receiving from it elastic force (Pt), terminal (400) is arranged substantially in terminal plane (TP), terminal plane neither with leading edge
(288) plane (BP) is parallel the most perpendicular;And first restricted part (210), it is suitable for the joint with bar (80)
Partly (810) engage, to limit the print cartridge (20) motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the first limiting unit
The bonding part (212) dividing (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.It is installed on printer at print cartridge
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printer.Because the
The bonding part of one restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs connecing
Closely need most the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can be by suitably
Offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore,
The location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.
It is also possible to needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more to pay close attention to other of such as durability for ink special
The material of box is selected under the state of property.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, prevent so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for box is packaged carrying out the transport of box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity manufacture the first box side restricted part.This makes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
This maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduce the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so for transport and distribution box
Encapsulation need not special attention and carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar, this and the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811
Different.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, (rather than beautiful to become the structure of unique rigidity
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Do not hang down with it because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
Directly, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printer.Additionally, this structure reduces
Or issuable insulation ruptures (dust) when eliminating printer terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printer terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printer applies
To box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words,
Elastic force from printer side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printer side terminal and box side terminal, and when first
Also box is moved along the direction removed from printer when joint between restricted part and printer bar is released from.Therefore, no
Needing as United States Patent (USP) 6, the situation of 955,422 provides additional spring like that, and this makes becoming of simpler structure and reduction
Originally it is possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printer, the position of box terminal will be formed structure by equipment side contact
The elastic force of part is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the direction contrary with installation direction
It is held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, thus they be firmly fixed and can not along installation direction and
The direction both contrary with installation direction is moved.Therefore, and related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40 1
Lateral spacing system is compared, and box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the probability disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Print cartridge as above, wherein, terminal plane (TP) becomes relative to the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
Angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree.
As described in reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when terminal plane becomes about relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288
During angle between 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when observing box body (20) under ink feed structure (280) prone state
Time anterior (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400)
The right side of the left hand edge of the left side at edge and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then it contacts with equipment side
The contact forming the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with
The right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminals and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400),
Print cartridge can sufficiently tilt so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most steady
Fixed.
Adaptations 3
Print cartridge (20) as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on the rear portion (204) of print cartridge (20),
The various piece (620) that this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is configured to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) engages, its
In, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, the second restricted part (220)
Bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) between distance (B) more than the connecing of the first restricted part (210)
Close the distance (A) between part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part further from by front
During edge limited plane, farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 4
Print cartridge (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and
During ink feed structure (280) those unilateral observation print cartridge (20) prone, when along with the plane limited by leading edge (288)
(BP) during vertical orientation measurement distance, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with limited by leading edge (288)
Plane (BP) between distance (A) less than the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) when box (20) is mounted with by leading edge
(288) distance (C) between the plane (BP) limited.
Distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than being mounted at box
Time bar pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge between distance time, bar be used for constrained box motion.This reduce first
Restricted part releases locking or the probability of disengaging with the bonding part of bar, is thus formed between component with contacting at multiple terminals
Produce stable electrical connection, and reduce poor successional probability.It is applied to be mounted when power forms component from contact
Box time, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from bar
The separate probability in bonding part.
Adaptations 5
Print cartridge (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and
When ink feed structure (280) that side prone (203) observes print cartridge (20), first limiting unit when box (20) is mounted
Divide the bonding part (212) of (210) in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structural plane is downward
That unilateral observation print cartridge time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is at bar
Upper generation rotating torques, to rotate bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce
The bonding part of the first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal
The stable electrical connection formed between component is contacted with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part will be with box one
With mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when before ink feed structure (280) prone state observation box body (22)
During portion (203), at least some of width generally within print cartridge (20) of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210)
Centre.
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of basic bit of the bonding part so that the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of print cartridge, the first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, so that multiple
It is stable that terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 7
Print cartridge as above, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is substantially flush with bottom (201).
G-7-3. the 3rd change case
One is suitable for the print cartridge (20) being releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Forming component (731-739) including the contact of multiple equipment sides, it is constructed and arranged to when print cartridge (20) is contacted shape by equipment side
When becoming component (731-739) pressure, elastic force (Pt) being applied to print cartridge (20), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) also includes having connecing
Close part (810) bar (80), print cartridge (20) including: box body (22), it include first surface (203), second surface (204),
3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201), first surface (203) and second surface (204) are toward each other and the 3rd surface
And the 4th surface (201) is relative to each other (202);Electronic installation;For accommodating the ink chamber (200) of ink;Ink feed structure
(280), it is positioned at the 4th surface (201) place of box body (22), is suitable for and is configured to being supplied from ink chamber (200) by ink
Should arrive ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), leading edge
Define the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20);Terminal support structure (408), it orientates the first surface of immediately box body (22) as
(203), terminal support structure (408) has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) being connected with electronic installation, contact portion (cp)
It is suitable for and is disposed in contact portion structure (408), with when print cartridge (20) is installed on printing equipment (50), at end
Contact portion (cp) place of son (400) contacts with contacting formation component (731-739) and receives from it elastic force (Pt), contact
During partly (400) are arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), contact portion plane neither with the plane of leading edge (288)
(BP) parallel the most perpendicular;And first restricted part (210), its bonding part (810) being suitable for bar (80) connects
Close, to limit the print cartridge (20) motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), connecing of the first restricted part (210)
Close part (212) and be positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.It is installed on printer at print cartridge
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printer.Because the
The bonding part of one restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs connecing
Closely need most the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can be by suitably
Offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore,
The location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.
It is also possible to needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more to pay close attention to other of such as durability for ink special
The material of box is selected under the state of property.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, prevent so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for box is packaged carrying out the transport of box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity manufacture the first box side restricted part.This makes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
This maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduce the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so for transport and distribution box
Encapsulation need not special attention and carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar, this and the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811
Different.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, (rather than beautiful to become the structure of unique rigidity
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) the most not with
It is vertical, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printer.Additionally, this structure
When the installation of box during printer terminal and circuit board distance scraping have been reduced or eliminated, issuable insulation ruptures (ash
Dirt).
Because the elastic force that printer terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printer applies
To box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words,
Elastic force from printer side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printer side terminal and box side terminal, and when first
Also box is moved along the direction removed from printer when joint between restricted part and printer bar is released from.Therefore, no
Needing as United States Patent (USP) 6, the situation of 955,422 provides additional spring like that, and this makes becoming of simpler structure and reduction
Originally it is possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printer, the position of box terminal will be formed structure by equipment side contact
The elastic force of part is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the direction contrary with installation direction
It is held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, thus they be firmly fixed and can not along installation direction and
The direction both contrary with installation direction is moved.Therefore, and related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40 1
Lateral spacing system is compared, and box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the probability disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Print cartridge as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
Angle between Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree.
As described in reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane becomes relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288
During angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when observing box body (20) under ink feed structure (280) prone state
During first surface (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the rightmost side contact of multiple terminal (400)
The left side of part and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then it contacts with equipment side
The contact forming the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with
The left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400), print cartridge is permissible
Sufficiently tilt so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 3
Print cartridge (20) as above, is additionally included in the second restricted part on the second surface (204) of print cartridge (20)
(220), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is configured to the various piece (620) with ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Engage, wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, the second limiting unit
Divide the distance (B) between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of (220) more than the first restricted part
(210) the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part further from by front
During edge limited plane, farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 4
Print cartridge (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and
During ink feed structure (280) those unilateral observation print cartridge (20) prone, when along with the plane limited by leading edge (288)
(BP) during vertical orientation measurement distance, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with limited by leading edge (288)
Plane (BP) between distance (A) less than the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) when box (20) is mounted with by leading edge
(288) distance (C) between the plane (BP) limited.
Distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than being mounted at box
Time bar pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge between distance time, bar be used for constrained box motion.This reduce first
Restricted part releases locking or the probability of disengaging with the bonding part of bar, is thus formed between component with contacting at multiple terminals
Produce stable electrical connection, and reduce poor successional probability.It is applied to be mounted when power forms component from contact
Box time, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from bar
The separate probability in bonding part.
Adaptations 5
Print cartridge (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and
When ink feed structure (280) that side prone (203) observes print cartridge (20), first limiting unit when box (20) is mounted
Divide the bonding part (212) of (210) in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structural plane is downward
That unilateral observation print cartridge time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is at bar
Upper generation rotating torques, to rotate bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce
The bonding part of the first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal
The stable electrical connection formed between component is contacted with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part will be with box one
With mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when in the of ink feed structure (280) prone state observation box body (22)
During one surface (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least some of is generally within print cartridge (20)
At width midway.
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of basic bit of the bonding part so that the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of print cartridge, the first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, so that multiple
It is stable that terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 7
Print cartridge as above, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is the neatest with the 4th surface (201)
Flat.
G-7-4. the 4th change case
One is suitable for the print cartridge (20) being releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Forming component (731-739) including the contact of multiple equipment sides, it is constructed and arranged to when print cartridge (20) is contacted shape by equipment side
When becoming component (731-739) pressure, elastic force (Pt) being applied to print cartridge (20), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) also includes having connecing
Close part (810) bar (80), print cartridge (20) including: box body (22), it include first surface (203), second surface (204),
3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201), first surface (203) and second surface (204) are toward each other and the 3rd surface
And the 4th surface (201) is relative to each other (202);Electronic installation;For accommodating the ink chamber (200) of ink;Ink feed structure
(280), it is positioned at the 4th surface (201) place of box body (22), is suitable for and is configured to being supplied from ink chamber (200) by ink
Should arrive ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), leading edge
Define the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20);Terminal support structure (408), it orientates the first surface of immediately box body (22) as
(203), terminal support structure (408) has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) being connected with electronic installation, and terminal (400) is fitted
Together in and be disposed on terminal support structure (408), with when print cartridge (20) be installed to printing equipment (50) upper time with contact
Forming component (731-739) contact and receive from it elastic force (Pt), terminal (400) is arranged substantially in terminal plane (TP)
In, terminal plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane of leading edge (288) so that form component from equipment side contact
(731-739) print cartridge is promoted by the vector components of elastic force (Pt) along the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD);With
And first restricted part (210), its bonding part (810) being suitable for bar (80) engages, with limit print cartridge (20) with peace
The motion on direction (RD) that dress direction (SD) is contrary, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to end
Sub-supporting structure (408).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.It is installed on printer at print cartridge
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printer.Because the
The bonding part of one restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs connecing
Closely need most the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can be by suitably
Offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore,
The location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.
It is also possible to needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more to pay close attention to other of such as durability for ink special
The material of box is selected under the state of property.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, prevent so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for box is packaged carrying out the transport of box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity manufacture the first box side restricted part.This makes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
This maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduce the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so for transport and distribution box
Encapsulation need not special attention and carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar, this and the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811
Different.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, (rather than beautiful to become the structure of unique rigidity
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Do not hang down with it because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
Directly, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printer.Additionally, this structure reduces
Or issuable insulation ruptures (dust) when eliminating printer terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printer terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printer applies
To box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words,
Elastic force from printer side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printer side terminal and box side terminal, and when first
Also box is moved along the direction removed from printer when joint between restricted part and printer bar is released from.Therefore, no
Needing as United States Patent (USP) 6, the situation of 955,422 provides additional spring like that, and this makes becoming of simpler structure and reduction
Originally it is possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printer, the position of box terminal will be formed structure by equipment side contact
The elastic force of part is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the direction contrary with installation direction
It is held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, thus they be firmly fixed and can not along installation direction and
The direction both contrary with installation direction is moved.Therefore, and related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40 1
Lateral spacing system is compared, and box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the probability disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Print cartridge as above, wherein, terminal plane (TP) becomes relative to the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
Angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree.
As described in reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when terminal plane becomes about relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288
During angle between 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when observing box body (20) under ink feed structure (280) prone state
During first surface (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the rightmost side contact of multiple terminal (400)
The left side of part and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then it contacts with equipment side
The contact forming the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with
The left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400), print cartridge is permissible
Sufficiently tilt so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 3
Print cartridge (20) as above, is additionally included in the second restricted part on the second surface (204) of print cartridge (20)
(220), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is configured to the various piece (620) with ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Engage, wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, the second limiting unit
Divide the distance (B) between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of (220) more than the first restricted part
(210) the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part further from by front
During edge limited plane, farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 4
Print cartridge (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and
During ink feed structure (280) those unilateral observation print cartridge (20) prone, when along with the plane limited by leading edge (288)
(BP) during vertical orientation measurement distance, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with limited by leading edge (288)
Plane (BP) between distance (A) less than the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) when box (20) is mounted with by leading edge
(288) distance (C) between the plane (BP) limited.
Distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than being mounted at box
Time bar pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge between distance time, bar be used for constrained box motion.This reduce first
Restricted part releases locking or the probability of disengaging with the bonding part of bar, is thus formed between component with contacting at multiple terminals
Produce stable electrical connection, and reduce poor successional probability.It is applied to be mounted when power forms component from contact
Box time, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from bar
The separate probability in bonding part.
Adaptations 5
Print cartridge (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and
When ink feed structure (280) that side prone (203) observes print cartridge (20), first limiting unit when box (20) is mounted
Divide the bonding part (212) of (210) in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structural plane is downward
That unilateral observation print cartridge time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is at bar
Upper generation rotating torques, to rotate bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce
The bonding part of the first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal
The stable electrical connection formed between component is contacted with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part will be with box one
With mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when in the of ink feed structure (280) prone state observation box body (22)
During one surface (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least some of is generally within print cartridge (20)
At width midway.
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of basic bit of the bonding part so that the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of print cartridge, the first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, so that multiple
It is stable that terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 7
Print cartridge as above, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is the neatest with the 4th surface (201)
Flat.
G-7-5. the 5th change case
The combination of a part for a kind of print cartridge (20) and ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this combination includes: ink-jet printing apparatus
(50) a part, this part includes: the contact of multiple equipment sides forms component (731-739), and elastic force (Pt) is applied to by it
Print cartridge (20);And there is the bar (80) of bonding part (810);Print cartridge (20), print cartridge (20) including: box body (22), it includes
Anterior (203), rear portion (204), top (202) and bottom (201), anterior (203) and rear portion (204) relative to each other and top
And bottom (201) are relative to each other (202);For accommodating the ink chamber (200) of ink;Electronic installation;Ink feed structure
(280), it is positioned at bottom (201) place of box body (22), is suitable for and is configured to being fed to from ink chamber (200) by ink
Ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge limits
The plane (BP) of print cartridge (20);Terminal support structure (408), it orientates the front portion (203) of immediately box body (22) as, and terminal props up
Bearing structure (408) has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) being connected with electronic installation, and terminal (400) is at terminal support structure
(408) on, to contact at the contact portion of terminal (400) (cp) place with contacting formation component (731-739) and to receive from it
Elastic force (Pt), contact portion (cp) is arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), contact portion plane neither with front
The plane of edge (288) is parallel the most perpendicular;And first restricted part (210), its bonding part (810) with bar (80)
Engage, to limit the print cartridge (20) motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the first restricted part (210)
Bonding part (212) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.It is installed on printer at print cartridge
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printer.Because the
The bonding part of one restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs connecing
Closely need most the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can be by suitably
Offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore,
The location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.
It is also possible to needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more to pay close attention to other of such as durability for ink special
The material of box is selected under the state of property.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, prevent so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for box is packaged carrying out the transport of box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity manufacture the first box side restricted part.This makes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
This maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduce the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so for transport and distribution box
Encapsulation need not special attention and carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar, this and the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811
Different.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, (rather than beautiful to become the structure of unique rigidity
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) the most not with
It is vertical, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printer.Additionally, this structure
When the installation of box during printer terminal and circuit board distance scraping have been reduced or eliminated, issuable insulation ruptures (ash
Dirt).
Because the elastic force that printer terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printer applies
To box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words,
Elastic force from printer side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printer side terminal and box side terminal, and when first
Also box is moved along the direction removed from printer when joint between restricted part and printer bar is released from.Therefore, no
Needing as United States Patent (USP) 6, the situation of 955,422 provides additional spring like that, and this makes becoming of simpler structure and reduction
Originally it is possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printer, the position of box terminal will be formed structure by equipment side contact
The elastic force of part is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the direction contrary with installation direction
It is held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, thus they be firmly fixed and can not along installation direction and
The direction both contrary with installation direction is moved.Therefore, and related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40 1
Lateral spacing system is compared, and box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the probability disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Combination as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
Angle between Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree.
As described in reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane becomes relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288
During angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Combination as above, wherein, when observing box body (20) under ink feed structure (280) prone state
Time anterior (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400)
Left side and the right side of leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then it contacts with equipment side
The contact forming the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with
The left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400), print cartridge is permissible
Sufficiently tilt so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 3
Combination as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on the rear portion (204) of print cartridge (20), this is the years old
Two restricted parts (220) engage with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along with by leading edge
(288) during the vertical orientation measurement distance of the plane (BP) that limits, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) with by leading edge
(288) distance (B) between the plane (BP) limited is more than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and by front
Distance (A) between the plane (BP) that edge (288) limits.
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part further from by front
During edge limited plane, farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 4
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends,
And when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and ink feed structure (280) prone that
When print cartridge (20) are observed in side, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, first
Distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of restricted part (210) is less than
Distance (C) between pivotal point (800c) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of bar (80) when box (20) is mounted.
Distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than being mounted at box
Time bar pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge between distance time, bar be used for constrained box motion.This reduce first
Restricted part releases locking or the probability of disengaging with the bonding part of bar, is thus formed between component with contacting at multiple terminals
Produce stable electrical connection, and reduce poor successional probability.It is applied to be mounted when power forms component from contact
Box time, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from bar
The separate probability in bonding part.
Adaptations 5
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends,
And when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and ink feed structure (280) prone that
When print cartridge (20) are observed in side (203), when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is at bar
The left side of pivotal point (800c).
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structural plane is downward
That unilateral observation print cartridge time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is at bar
Upper generation rotating torques, to rotate bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce
The bonding part of the first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal
The stable electrical connection formed between component is contacted with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part will be with box one
With mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Combination as above, wherein, when before ink feed structure (280) prone state observation box body (22)
During portion (203), at least some of width generally within print cartridge (20) of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210)
Centre.
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of basic bit of the bonding part so that the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of print cartridge, the first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, so that multiple
It is stable that terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 7
Combination as above, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is substantially flush with bottom (201).
G-7-6. the 6th change case
The combination of a part for a kind of print cartridge (20) and ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this combination includes: ink-jet printing apparatus
(50) a part, this part includes: the contact of multiple equipment sides forms component (731-739), and elastic force (Pt) is applied to by it
Print cartridge (20);And there is the bar (80) of bonding part (810);Print cartridge (20), print cartridge (20) including: box body (22), it includes
Anterior (203), rear portion (204), top (202) and bottom (201), anterior (203) and rear portion (204) relative to each other and top
And bottom (201) are relative to each other (202);Electronic installation;For accommodating the ink chamber (200) of ink;Ink feed structure
(280), it is positioned at bottom (201) place of box body (22), is suitable for and is configured to being fed to from ink chamber (200) by ink
Ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge limits
The plane (BP) of print cartridge (20);Terminal support structure (408), it orientates the front portion (203) of immediately box body (22) as, and terminal props up
Bearing structure (408) has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) being connected with electronic installation, and terminal (400) is at terminal support structure
(408) on, with contact formation component (731-739) contact and receive from it elastic force (Pt), terminal (400) is by basic cloth
Putting in terminal plane (TP), terminal plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane of leading edge (288);And first limit
System part (210), it engages with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), to limit print cartridge (20) contrary with installation direction (SD)
Direction (RD) on motion, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure
(408)。
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.It is installed on printer at print cartridge
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printer.Because the
The bonding part of one restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs connecing
Closely need most the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can be by suitably
Offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore,
The location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.
It is also possible to needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more to pay close attention to other of such as durability for ink special
The material of box is selected under the state of property.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, prevent so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for box is packaged carrying out the transport of box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity manufacture the first box side restricted part.This makes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
This maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduce the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so for transport and distribution box
Encapsulation need not special attention and carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar, this and the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811
Different.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, (rather than beautiful to become the structure of unique rigidity
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Do not hang down with it because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
Directly, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printer.Additionally, this structure reduces
Or issuable insulation ruptures (dust) when eliminating printer terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printer terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printer applies
To box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words,
Elastic force from printer side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printer side terminal and box side terminal, and when first
Also box is moved along the direction removed from printer when joint between restricted part and printer bar is released from.Therefore, no
Needing as United States Patent (USP) 6, the situation of 955,422 provides additional spring like that, and this makes becoming of simpler structure and reduction
Originally it is possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printer, the position of box terminal will be formed structure by equipment side contact
The elastic force of part is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the direction contrary with installation direction
It is held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, thus they be firmly fixed and can not along installation direction and
The direction both contrary with installation direction is moved.Therefore, and related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40 1
Lateral spacing system is compared, and box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the probability disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Combination as above, wherein, terminal plane (TP) becomes relative to the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
Angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree.
As described in reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when terminal plane becomes about relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288
During angle between 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Combination as above, wherein, when observing box body (20) under ink feed structure (280) prone state
Time anterior (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400)
The right side of the left hand edge of the left side at edge and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then it contacts with equipment side
The contact forming the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with
The right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminals and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400),
Print cartridge can sufficiently tilt so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most steady
Fixed.
Adaptations 3
Combination as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on the rear portion (204) of print cartridge (20), this is the years old
Two restricted parts (220) engage with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along with by leading edge
(288) during the vertical orientation measurement distance of the plane (BP) that limits, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) with by leading edge
(288) distance (B) between the plane (BP) limited is more than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and by front
Distance (A) between the plane (BP) that edge (288) limits.
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part further from by front
During edge limited plane, farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 4
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends,
And when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and ink feed structure (280) prone that
When print cartridge (20) are observed in side, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, first
Distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of restricted part (210) is less than
Distance (C) between pivotal point (800c) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of bar (80) when box (20) is mounted.
Distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than being mounted at box
Time bar pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge between distance time, bar be used for constrained box motion.This reduce first
Restricted part releases locking or the probability of disengaging with the bonding part of bar, is thus formed between component with contacting at multiple terminals
Produce stable electrical connection, and reduce poor successional probability.It is applied to be mounted when power forms component from contact
Box time, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from bar
The separate probability in bonding part.
Adaptations 5
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends,
And when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and ink feed structure (280) prone that
When print cartridge (20) are observed in side (203), when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is at bar
The left side of pivotal point (800c).
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structural plane is downward
That unilateral observation print cartridge time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is at bar
Upper generation rotating torques, to rotate bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce
The bonding part of the first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal
The stable electrical connection formed between component is contacted with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part will be with box one
With mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Combination as above, wherein, when before ink feed structure (280) prone state observation box body (22)
During portion (203), at least some of width generally within print cartridge (20) of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210)
Centre.
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of basic bit of the bonding part so that the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of print cartridge, the first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, so that multiple
It is stable that terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 7
Combination as above, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is substantially flush with bottom surface (201).
G-7-7. the 7th change case
The combination of a part for a kind of print cartridge (20) and ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this combination includes: ink-jet printing apparatus
(50) a part, this part includes: the contact of multiple equipment sides forms component (731-739), and elastic force (Pt) is applied to by it
Print cartridge (20);And there is the bar (80) of bonding part (810);Print cartridge (20), print cartridge (20) including: box body (22), it includes
First surface (203), second surface (204), the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201), first surface (203) and second
Surface (204) toward each other and the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201) toward each other;For accommodating the ink of ink
Room (200);Electronic installation;Ink feed structure (280), it is positioned at the 4th surface (201) place of box body (22), is suitable for also
Being configured to from ink chamber (200), ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280) has installation side
Leading edge (288) on (SD), leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20);Terminal support structure (408), its location
For the first surface (203) of immediately box body (22), terminal support structure (408) has the multiple conductance electricity being connected with electronic installation
Property terminal (400), terminal (400) on terminal support structure (408), with the contact portion of terminal (400) (cp) place with connect
Touching formation component (731-739) contact and receive from it elastic force (Pt), contact portion (cp) is arranged substantially in contact site
Dividing in plane (TP), contact portion plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane of leading edge (288);And first limit
Partly (210), it engages with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), to limit print cartridge (20) contrary with installation direction (SD)
Motion on direction (RD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.It is installed on printer at print cartridge
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printer.Because the
The bonding part of one restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs connecing
Closely need most the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can be by suitably
Offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore,
The location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.
It is also possible to needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more to pay close attention to other of such as durability for ink special
The material of box is selected under the state of property.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, prevent so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for box is packaged carrying out the transport of box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity manufacture the first box side restricted part.This makes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
This maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduce the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so for transport and distribution box
Encapsulation need not special attention and carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar, this and the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811
Different.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, (rather than beautiful to become the structure of unique rigidity
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) the most not with
It is vertical, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printer.Additionally, this structure
When the installation of box during printer terminal and circuit board distance scraping have been reduced or eliminated, issuable insulation ruptures (ash
Dirt).
Because the elastic force that printer terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printer applies
To box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words,
Elastic force from printer side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printer side terminal and box side terminal, and when first
Also box is moved along the direction removed from printer when joint between restricted part and printer bar is released from.Therefore, no
Needing as United States Patent (USP) 6, the situation of 955,422 provides additional spring like that, and this makes becoming of simpler structure and reduction
Originally it is possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printer, the position of box terminal will be formed structure by equipment side contact
The elastic force of part is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the direction contrary with installation direction
It is held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, thus they be firmly fixed and can not along installation direction and
The direction both contrary with installation direction is moved.Therefore, and related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40 1
Lateral spacing system is compared, and box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the probability disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Combination as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
Angle between Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree.
As described in reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane becomes relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288
During angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Combination as above, wherein, when observing box body (20) under ink feed structure (280) prone state
During first surface (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the rightmost side contact of multiple terminal (400)
The left side of part and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then it contacts with equipment side
The contact forming the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with
The left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400), print cartridge is permissible
Sufficiently tilt so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 3
Combination as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on the second surface (204) of print cartridge (20),
This second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along with by front
During the vertical orientation measurement distance of plane (BP) that edge (288) limits, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) with by front
Distance (B) between the plane (BP) that edge (288) limits more than the first restricted part (210) bonding part (212) with by front
Distance (A) between the plane (BP) that edge (288) limits.
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part further from by front
During edge limited plane, farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 4
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends,
And when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and ink feed structure (280) prone that
When print cartridge (20) are observed in side, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, first
Distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of restricted part (210) is less than
Distance (C) between pivotal point (800c) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of bar (80) when box (20) is mounted.
Distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than being mounted at box
Time bar pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge between distance time, bar be used for constrained box motion.This reduce first
Restricted part releases locking or the probability of disengaging with the bonding part of bar, is thus formed between component with contacting at multiple terminals
Produce stable electrical connection, and reduce poor successional probability.It is applied to be mounted when power forms component from contact
Box time, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from bar
The separate probability in bonding part.
Adaptations 5
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends,
And when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and ink feed structure (280) prone that
When print cartridge (20) are observed in side (203), when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is at bar
The left side of pivotal point (800c).
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structural plane is downward
That unilateral observation print cartridge time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is at bar
Upper generation rotating torques, to rotate bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce
The bonding part of the first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal
The stable electrical connection formed between component is contacted with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part will be with box one
With mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Combination as above, wherein, when in the of ink feed structure (280) prone state observation box body (22)
During one surface (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least some of is generally within print cartridge (20)
At width midway.
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of basic bit of the bonding part so that the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of print cartridge, the first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, so that multiple
It is stable that terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 7
Combination as above, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is the neatest with the 4th surface (201)
Flat.
G-7-8. the 8th change case
The combination of a part for a kind of print cartridge (20) and ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this combination includes: ink-jet printing apparatus
(50) a part, this part includes: the contact of multiple equipment sides forms component (731-739), and elastic force (Pt) is applied to by it
Print cartridge (20);And there is the bar (80) of bonding part (810);Print cartridge (20), print cartridge (20) including: box body (22), it includes
First surface (203), second surface (204), the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201), first surface (203) and second
Surface (204) toward each other and the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201) toward each other;For accommodating the ink of ink
Room (200);Electronic installation;Ink feed structure (280), it is positioned at the 4th surface (201) place of box body (22), is suitable for also
Being configured to from ink chamber (200), ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280) has installation side
Leading edge (288) on (SD), leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20);Terminal support structure (408), its location
For the first surface (203) of immediately box body (22), terminal support structure (408) has the multiple conductance electricity being connected with electronic installation
Property terminal (400), terminal (400) on terminal support structure (408), with contact formation component (731-739) contact also
Receiving from it elastic force (Pt), terminal (400) is arranged substantially in terminal plane (TP), terminal plane neither with leading edge
(288) plane is parallel the most perpendicular;And first restricted part (210), it includes the bonding part with bar (80)
(810) bonding part (212) engaged, to limit the print cartridge (20) fortune on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD)
Dynamic, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.It is installed on printer at print cartridge
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printer.Because the
The bonding part of one restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs connecing
Closely need most the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can be by suitably
Offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore,
The location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.
It is also possible to needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more to pay close attention to other of such as durability for ink special
The material of box is selected under the state of property.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, prevent so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for box is packaged carrying out the transport of box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity manufacture the first box side restricted part.This makes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
This maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduce the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so for transport and distribution box
Encapsulation need not special attention and carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar, this and the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811
Different.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, (rather than beautiful to become the structure of unique rigidity
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Do not hang down with it because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
Directly, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printer.Additionally, this structure reduces
Or issuable insulation ruptures (dust) when eliminating printer terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printer terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printer applies
To box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words,
Elastic force from printer side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printer side terminal and box side terminal, and when first
Also box is moved along the direction removed from printer when joint between restricted part and printer bar is released from.Therefore, no
Needing as United States Patent (USP) 6, the situation of 955,422 provides additional spring like that, and this makes becoming of simpler structure and reduction
Originally it is possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printer, the position of box terminal will be formed structure by equipment side contact
The elastic force of part is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the direction contrary with installation direction
It is held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, thus they be firmly fixed and can not along installation direction and
The direction both contrary with installation direction is moved.Therefore, and related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40 1
Lateral spacing system is compared, and box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the probability disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Combination as above, wherein, terminal plane (TP) becomes relative to the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
Angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree.
As described in reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when terminal plane becomes about relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288
During angle between 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Combination as above, wherein, when observing box body (20) under ink feed structure (280) prone state
During first surface (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400)
The left side of right hand edge and the right side of left hand edge of leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then it contacts with equipment side
The contact forming the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with
The right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminals and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400),
Print cartridge can sufficiently tilt so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most steady
Fixed.
Adaptations 3
Combination as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on the second surface (204) of print cartridge (20),
This second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along with by front
During the vertical orientation measurement distance of plane (BP) that edge (288) limits, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) with by front
Distance (B) between the plane (BP) that edge (288) limits more than the first restricted part (210) bonding part (212) with by front
Distance (A) between the plane (BP) that edge (288) limits.
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part further from by front
During edge limited plane, farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 4
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends,
And when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and ink feed structure (280) prone that
When print cartridge (20) are observed in side, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, first
Distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of restricted part (210) is less than
Distance (C) between pivotal point (800c) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of bar (80) when box (20) is mounted.
Distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than being mounted at box
Time bar pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge between distance time, bar be used for constrained box motion.This reduce first
Restricted part releases locking or the probability of disengaging with the bonding part of bar, is thus formed between component with contacting at multiple terminals
Produce stable electrical connection, and reduce poor successional probability.It is applied to be mounted when power forms component from contact
Box time, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from bar
The separate probability in bonding part.
Adaptations 5
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends,
And when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and ink feed structure (280) prone that
When print cartridge (20) are observed in side (203), when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is at bar
The left side of pivotal point (800c).
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structural plane is downward
That unilateral observation print cartridge time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is at bar
Upper generation rotating torques, to rotate bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce
The bonding part of the first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal
The stable electrical connection formed between component is contacted with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part will be with box one
With mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Combination as above, wherein, when in the of ink feed structure (280) prone state observation box body (22)
During one surface (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least some of is generally within print cartridge (20)
At width midway.
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of basic bit of the bonding part so that the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of print cartridge, the first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, so that multiple
It is stable that terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 7
Combination as above, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is the neatest with the 4th surface (201)
Flat.
G-7-9. the 9th change case
One is suitable for the ink supply system of ink feed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Forming component (731-739) including the contact of multiple equipment sides, ink supply system includes: electronic installation;For storing ink
Ink chamber (200);Ink feed structure (280), it is suitable for and is configured to from ink chamber (200), ink is fed to ink-jet
Printing equipment (50), ink feed structure (280) has installation direction (SD) leading edge (288), and leading edge defines plane
(BP);Terminal support structure (408), it has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) being connected with electronic installation, terminal (400)
It is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure (408), with when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50)
Time, contact at contact portion (cp) place of terminal (400) with contacting formation component (731-739) and receive from it elastic force
(Pt) so that from equipment side contact formed component (731-739) elastic force (Pt) vector components along with installation direction
(SD) contrary direction (RD) promotes ink chamber (200);And first restricted part (210), it is suitable for and the connecing of bar (80)
Close part (810) to engage, to limit the terminal support structure (408) fortune on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD)
Dynamic;Wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408), and contacts
During partly (cp) is arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), ink feed is arrived by contact portion plane at ink supply system
During printing equipment (50) neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane of leading edge (288).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.It is installed on printer at print cartridge
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printer.Because the
The bonding part of one restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs connecing
Closely need most the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can be by suitably
Offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore,
The location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.
It is also possible to needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more to pay close attention to other of such as durability for ink special
The material of box is selected under the state of property.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, prevent so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for box is packaged carrying out the transport of box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity manufacture the first box side restricted part.This makes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
This maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduce the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so for transport and distribution box
Encapsulation need not special attention and carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar, this and the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811
Different.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, (rather than beautiful to become the structure of unique rigidity
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) the most not with
It is vertical, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printer.Additionally, this structure
When the installation of box during printer terminal and circuit board distance scraping have been reduced or eliminated, issuable insulation ruptures (ash
Dirt).
Because the elastic force that printer terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printer applies
To box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words,
Elastic force from printer side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printer side terminal and box side terminal, and when first
Also box is moved along the direction removed from printer when joint between restricted part and printer bar is released from.Therefore, no
Needing as United States Patent (USP) 6, the situation of 955,422 provides additional spring like that, and this makes becoming of simpler structure and reduction
Originally it is possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printer, the position of box terminal will be formed structure by equipment side contact
The elastic force of part is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the direction contrary with installation direction
It is held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, thus they be firmly fixed and can not along installation direction and
The direction both contrary with installation direction is moved.Therefore, and related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40 1
Lateral spacing system is compared, and box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the probability disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50),
Contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described in reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane becomes relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288
During angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50),
The bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400) and many
The right side of the leftmost side contact portion of individual terminal (400).
When ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment, if excessively firmly held, then its with set
Standby side contacts forms the contact of the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By limiting first
The left side of system part and the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400),
Enough inclinations can be there is so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most steady
Fixed.
Adaptations 3
Ink supply system as above, also includes: main body (22), it includes front portion (203) and rear portion (204), front
Portion (203) and rear portion (204) are relative to each other;With the rear portion (204) of main body (22) the second restricted part (220) immediately, terminal
Immediately, this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is configured in the front portion (203) of supporting structure (408) and main body (22)
Engage with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along with the plane limited by leading edge (288)
(BP) during vertical orientation measurement distance, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane limited by leading edge (288)
(BP) distance (B) between is flat with limited by leading edge (288) more than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210)
Distance (A) between face (BP).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part further from by front
During edge limited plane, farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 4
Ink supply system as above, also includes: main body (22), it includes first surface (203) and second surface
(204), first surface (203) and second surface (204) are relative to each other;With the second surface (204) of main body (22) immediately
Two restricted parts (220), the first surface (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, this second restricted part
(220) be suitable for and be configured to the various piece (620) with ink-jet printing apparatus (50) and engage, wherein, when along with by
During the vertical orientation measurement distance of plane (BP) that leading edge (288) limits, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) with by
Distance (B) between the plane (BP) that leading edge (288) limits more than the first restricted part (210) bonding part (212) with
Distance (A) between the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part further from by front
During edge limited plane, farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Change case 5
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
During orientation measurement distance, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
Between distance (A) less than when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50) pivotal point (800c) of bar (80)
And the distance (C) between the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
Distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than working as ink feed
When system provides ink to printing equipment during distance between pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge of bar, bar is used for limiting
System motion.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases locking or the probability of disengaging, thus at multiple ends
Son produces stable electrical connection with contacting between formation component, and reduces poor successional probability.When power is by from contact
When forming component applying, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the junction surface of the first restricted part
Divide from the separate probability in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provide ink to printing equipment (50), the
The bonding part (212) of one restricted part (210) when right side and ink feed structure (280) face down, the first limiting unit
Divide the bonding part (212) of (210) in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When ink supply system provide ink to printing equipment, the first restricted part bonding part at the pivotal point of bar
Left side and the bonding part of the first restricted part when right side and ink feed structural plane are downward, the first restricted part
Bar produces rotating torques, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.This subtracts
The bonding part of little first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple
Terminal contacts the stable electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.Additionally, reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from
The bonding part of bar releases the probability of locking.
Adaptations 7
Ink supply system as above, also includes the main body (22) of immediately terminal support structure (408), when ink supplies
When answering system by ink feed to printing equipment (50), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least some of
At width midway generally within main body (20).
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of basic bit of the bonding part so that the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of main body, the first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, so that multiple
It is stable that terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 8
Ink supply system as above, also includes adapter (299), wherein, ink feed structure (280), terminal
Supporting structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299), and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and quilt
It is configured to coordinate with adapter (299).
Adaptations 9
Ink supply system as above, also includes adapter (299j), wherein, and terminal support structure (408) and the
One restricted part (210) is positioned on adapter (299j), ink feed structure (280) be positioned at ink chamber (200) upper and
Ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to coordinating with adapter (299j).
Adaptations 10
Ink supply system as above, also includes adapter (299k), ink outside ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Water pot (200T), pipeline (200L) and minor adaptations (200S), wherein, it is suitable that ink feed structure (280) is positioned at auxiliary
On orchestration (200S), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299k), and work as
When ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50), ink is fed to auxiliary from outer pot (200T) by pipeline (200L)
Help adapter (200S).
Adaptations 11
Ink supply system as above, also includes main body (22), and main body includes top (202) and bottom (201), top
Portion (202) and bottom (201) are relative to each other, and wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is the neatest with bottom surface (201)
Flat.
G-7-10. the tenth change case
One is suitable for the ink supply system of ink feed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Forming component (731-739) including the contact of multiple equipment sides, ink-jet printing apparatus (50) also includes having bonding part (810)
Bar (80), ink supply system includes: electronic installation;For storing the ink chamber (200) of ink;Ink feed structure (280),
It is suitable for and is configured to from ink chamber (200), ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280)
Having installation direction (SD) leading edge (288), leading edge defines plane (BP);Terminal support structure (408), it has and electricity
Multiple conductance electric terminals (400) that sub-device connects, terminal (400) is suitable for and is disposed in terminal support structure (408)
On, with when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50) with contact formation component (731-739) contact also
Receive from it elastic force (Pt) so that form the vector components of the elastic force (Pt) of component (731-739) from equipment side contact
Ink chamber (200) is promoted along the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD);And first restricted part (210), it includes
Be suitable for the bonding part (212) that the bonding part (810) with bar (80) engages, with limit terminal support structure (408) with
The motion on direction (RD) that installation direction (SD) is contrary;Wherein, the location, bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210)
For adjacent terminal supporting structure (408), and terminal (400) is arranged substantially in terminal plane (TP), contact portion plane
When ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50) neither parallel with the plane of leading edge (288) the most with its hang down
Directly.
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.It is installed on printer at print cartridge
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printer.Because the
The bonding part of one restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs connecing
Closely need most the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can be by suitably
Offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore,
The location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.
It is also possible to needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more to pay close attention to other of such as durability for ink special
The material of box is selected under the state of property.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, prevent so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for box is packaged carrying out the transport of box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity manufacture the first box side restricted part.This makes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
This maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduce the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so for transport and distribution box
Encapsulation need not special attention and carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar, this and the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811
Different.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, (rather than beautiful to become the structure of unique rigidity
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Do not hang down with it because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
Directly, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printer.Additionally, this structure reduces
Or issuable insulation ruptures (dust) when eliminating printer terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printer terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printer applies
To box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words,
Elastic force from printer side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printer side terminal and box side terminal, and when first
Also box is moved along the direction removed from printer when joint between restricted part and printer bar is released from.Therefore, no
Needing as United States Patent (USP) 6, the situation of 955,422 provides additional spring like that, and this makes becoming of simpler structure and reduction
Originally it is possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printer, the position of box terminal will be formed structure by equipment side contact
The elastic force of part is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the direction contrary with installation direction
It is held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, thus they be firmly fixed and can not along installation direction and
The direction both contrary with installation direction is moved.Therefore, and related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40 1
Lateral spacing system is compared, and box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the probability disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50),
Terminal plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described in reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when terminal plane becomes about relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288
During angle between 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50),
The bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) be positioned at the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400) with
And the right side of the left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400).
When ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment, if excessively firmly held, then its with set
Standby side contacts forms the contact of the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By limiting first
The left side of system part and the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminals and the left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400)
Right side, can there is enough inclinations in print cartridge so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can
With the most stable.
Adaptations 3
Ink supply system as above, also includes: main body (22), it includes front portion (203) and rear portion (204), front
Portion (203) and rear portion (204) are relative to each other;With the rear portion (204) of main body (22) the second restricted part (220) immediately, terminal
Immediately, this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is configured in the front portion (203) of supporting structure (408) and main body (22)
Engage with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along with the plane limited by leading edge (288)
(BP) during vertical orientation measurement distance, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane limited by leading edge (288)
(BP) distance (B) between is flat with limited by leading edge (288) more than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210)
Distance (A) between face (BP).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part further from by front
During edge limited plane, farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 4
Ink supply system as above, also includes: main body (22), it includes first surface (203) and second surface
(204), first surface (203) and second surface (204) are relative to each other;With the second surface (204) of main body (22) immediately
Two restricted parts (220), the first surface (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, this second restricted part
(220) be suitable for and be configured to the various piece (620) with ink-jet printing apparatus (50) and engage, wherein, when along with by
During the vertical orientation measurement distance of plane (BP) that leading edge (288) limits, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) with by
Distance (B) between the plane (BP) that leading edge (288) limits more than the first restricted part (210) bonding part (212) with
Distance (A) between the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part further from by front
During edge limited plane, farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Change case 5
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
During orientation measurement distance, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
Between distance (A) less than when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50) pivotal point (800c) of bar (80)
And the distance (C) between the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
Distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than working as ink feed
When system provides ink to printing equipment during distance between pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge of bar, bar is used for limiting
System.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part and bar and release locking or the probability of disengaging, thus multiple terminals with
Contact is formed and produces stable electrical connection between component, and reduces poor successional probability.When power is formed from contact
When component applies, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from
The separate probability in bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provide ink to printing equipment (50), the
The bonding part (212) of one restricted part (210) when right side and ink feed structure (280) face down, the first limiting unit
Divide the bonding part (212) of (210) in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When ink supply system provide ink to printing equipment, the first restricted part bonding part at the pivotal point of bar
Left side and the bonding part of the first restricted part when right side and ink feed structural plane are downward, the first restricted part
Bar produces rotating torques, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.This subtracts
The bonding part of little first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple
Terminal contacts the stable electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.Additionally, reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from
The bonding part of bar releases the probability of locking.
Adaptations 7
Ink supply system as above, also includes the main body (22) of immediately terminal support structure (408), when ink supplies
When answering system by ink feed to printing equipment (50), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least some of
At width midway generally within main body (20).
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of basic bit of the bonding part so that the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of main body, the first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, so that multiple
It is stable that terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 8
Ink supply system as above, also includes adapter (299), wherein, ink feed structure (280), terminal
Supporting structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299), and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and quilt
It is configured to coordinate with adapter (299).
Adaptations 9
Ink supply system as above, also includes adapter (299j), wherein, and terminal support structure (408) and the
One restricted part (210) is positioned on adapter (299j), ink feed structure (280) be positioned at ink chamber (200) upper and
Ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to coordinating with adapter (299j).
Adaptations 10
Ink supply system as above, also includes adapter (299k), ink outside ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Water pot (200T), pipeline (200L) and minor adaptations (200S), wherein, it is suitable that ink feed structure (280) is positioned at auxiliary
On orchestration (200S), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299k), and work as
When ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50), ink is fed to auxiliary from outer pot (200T) by pipeline (200L)
Help adapter (200S).
Adaptations 11
Ink supply system as above, also includes main body (22), and main body includes top (202) and bottom (201), top
Portion (202) and bottom (201) are relative to each other, and wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is the neatest with bottom surface (201)
Flat.
G-7-11. the 11st change case
One is suitable for the ink supply system of the part by ink feed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), system bag
Including: a part for ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this part includes that the contact of multiple equipment side forms component (731-739) and tool
There is the bar (80) of bonding part (810);Electronic installation;For storing the ink chamber (200) of ink;Ink feed structure (280),
It is suitable for and is configured to from ink chamber (200), ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280)
Having installation direction (SD) leading edge (288), leading edge defines plane (BP);Terminal support structure (408), it has and electricity
Sub-device connect multiple conductance electric terminals (400), terminal (400) at ink supply system by ink feed to printing equipment
(50), time, contact at contact portion (cp) place of terminal (400) with contacting formation component (731-739) and receive from it elasticity
Power (Pt) so that from equipment side contact formed component (731-739) elastic force (Pt) vector components along with installation side
The direction (RD) contrary to (SD) promotes ink chamber (200);And first restricted part (210), its junction surface with bar (80)
(810) are divided to engage, to limit the terminal support structure (408) motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD);Its
In, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408), and contact portion
(cp) be arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), contact portion plane ink supply system by ink feed to printing
During equipment (50) neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane of leading edge (288).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.It is installed on printer at print cartridge
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printer.Because the
The bonding part of one restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs connecing
Closely need most the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can be by suitably
Offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore,
The location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.
It is also possible to needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more to pay close attention to other of such as durability for ink special
The material of box is selected under the state of property.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, prevent so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for box is packaged carrying out the transport of box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity manufacture the first box side restricted part.This makes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
This maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduce the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so for transport and distribution box
Encapsulation need not special attention and carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar, this and the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811
Different.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, (rather than beautiful to become the structure of unique rigidity
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) the most not with
It is vertical, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printer.Additionally, this structure
When the installation of box during printer terminal and circuit board distance scraping have been reduced or eliminated, issuable insulation ruptures (ash
Dirt).
Because the elastic force that printer terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printer applies
To box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words,
Elastic force from printer side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printer side terminal and box side terminal, and when first
Also box is moved along the direction removed from printer when joint between restricted part and printer bar is released from.Therefore, no
Needing as United States Patent (USP) 6, the situation of 955,422 provides additional spring like that, and this makes becoming of simpler structure and reduction
Originally it is possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printer, the position of box terminal will be formed structure by equipment side contact
The elastic force of part is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the direction contrary with installation direction
It is held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, thus they be firmly fixed and can not along installation direction and
The direction both contrary with installation direction is moved.Therefore, and related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40 1
Lateral spacing system is compared, and box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the probability disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50),
Contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described in reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane becomes relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288
During angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50),
The bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400) and many
The right side of the leftmost side contact portion of individual terminal (400).
When ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment, if excessively firmly held, then its with set
Standby side contacts forms the contact of the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By limiting first
The left side of system part and the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400),
Enough inclinations can be there is so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most steady
Fixed.
Adaptations 3
Ink supply system as above, also includes: main body (22), it includes front portion (203) and rear portion (204), front
Portion (203) and rear portion (204) are relative to each other;With the rear portion (204) of main body (22) the second restricted part (220) immediately, terminal
The front portion (203) of supporting structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, this second restricted part (220) and ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Various piece (620) engage, wherein, when along the orientation measurement vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) away from
From time, the distance (B) between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the second restricted part (220) is big
Distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part further from by front
During edge limited plane, farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 4
Ink supply system as above, also includes: main body (22), it includes first surface (203) and second surface
(204), first surface (203) and second surface (204) are relative to each other;With the second surface (204) of main body (22) immediately
Two restricted parts (220), the first surface (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, this second restricted part
(220) engage with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along flat with limited by leading edge (288)
During the vertical orientation measurement distance in face (BP), the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) is flat with limited by leading edge (288)
Distance (B) between face (BP) more than the first restricted part (210) bonding part (212) with limited by leading edge (288)
Distance (A) between plane (BP).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part further from by front
During edge limited plane, farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 5
Ink supply system as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivot in the middle of two ends
Point (800c), and when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, first limits
Partly the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of (210) is less than at ink
Supply system is flat with limited by leading edge (288) by the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) time ink feed to printing equipment (50)
Distance (C) between face (BP).
Distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than at ink feed
System is by during ink feed to printing equipment during distance between pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge of bar, and bar is used for limiting
System motion.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases locking or the probability of disengaging, thus at multiple ends
Son produces stable electrical connection with contacting between formation component, and reduces poor successional probability.When power is by from contact
When forming component applying, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the junction surface of the first restricted part
Divide from the separate probability in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Ink supply system as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivot in the middle of two ends
Point (800c), and when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50), the junction surface of the first restricted part (210)
Dividing (212) when right side and ink feed structure (280) face down, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) exists
The left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When ink supply system provide ink to printing equipment, the first restricted part bonding part at the pivotal point of bar
Left side and the bonding part of the first restricted part when right side and ink feed structural plane are downward, the first restricted part
Bar produces rotating torques, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.This subtracts
The bonding part of little first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple
Terminal contacts the stable electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.Additionally, reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from
The bonding part of bar releases the probability of locking.
Adaptations 7
Ink supply system as above, also includes the main body (22) of immediately terminal support structure (408), when ink supplies
When answering system by ink feed to printing equipment (50), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least some of
At width midway generally within main body (20).
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of basic bit of the bonding part so that the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of main body, the first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, so that multiple
It is stable that terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 8
Ink supply system as above, also includes adapter (299), wherein, ink feed structure (280), terminal
Supporting structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299), and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and quilt
It is configured to coordinate with adapter (299).
Adaptations 9
Ink supply system as above, also includes adapter (299j), wherein, and terminal support structure (408) and the
One restricted part (210) is positioned on adapter (299j), ink feed structure (280) be positioned at ink chamber (200) upper and
Ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to coordinating with adapter (299j).
Adaptations 10
Ink supply system as above, also includes adapter (299k), ink outside ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Water pot (200T), pipeline (200L) and minor adaptations (200S), wherein, it is suitable that ink feed structure (280) is positioned at auxiliary
On orchestration (200S), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299k), and work as
When ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50), ink is fed to auxiliary from outer pot (200T) by pipeline (200L)
Help adapter (200S).
Adaptations 11
Ink supply system as above, also includes main body (22), and main body includes top (202) and bottom (201), top
Portion (202) and bottom (201) are relative to each other, and wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is the neatest with bottom surface (201)
Flat.
G-7-12. the 12nd change case
One is suitable for the ink supply system of the part by ink feed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), system bag
Including: a part for ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this part includes that the contact of multiple equipment side forms component (731-739) and tool
There is the bar (80) of bonding part (810);Electronic installation;For storing the ink chamber (200) of ink;Ink feed structure (280),
It is suitable for and is configured to from ink chamber (200), ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280)
Having installation direction (SD) leading edge (288), leading edge defines plane (BP);Terminal support structure (408), it has and electricity
Sub-device connect multiple conductance electric terminals (400), terminal (400) at ink supply system by ink feed to printing equipment
(50) time with contact formation component (731-739) contact and receive from it elastic force (Pt);And first restricted part
(210), it engages with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), with limit terminal support structure (408) with installation direction (SD) phase
The anti-motion on direction (RD);Wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal supporting
Structure (408), and terminal (400) is arranged substantially in terminal plane (TP), and contact portion plane is at ink supply system
By neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane of leading edge (288) time ink feed to printing equipment (50).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.It is installed on printer at print cartridge
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printer.Because the
The bonding part of one restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs connecing
Closely need most the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can be by suitably
Offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore,
The location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.
It is also possible to needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more to pay close attention to other of such as durability for ink special
The material of box is selected under the state of property.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, prevent so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for box is packaged carrying out the transport of box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity manufacture the first box side restricted part.This makes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
This maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduce the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so for transport and distribution box
Encapsulation need not special attention and carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar, this and the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811
Different.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, (rather than beautiful to become the structure of unique rigidity
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Do not hang down with it because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
Directly, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printer.Additionally, this structure reduces
Or issuable insulation ruptures (dust) when eliminating printer terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printer terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printer applies
To box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words,
Elastic force from printer side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printer side terminal and box side terminal, and when first
Also box is moved along the direction removed from printer when joint between restricted part and printer bar is released from.Therefore, no
Needing as United States Patent (USP) 6, the situation of 955,422 provides additional spring like that, and this makes becoming of simpler structure and reduction
Originally it is possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printer, the position of box terminal will be formed structure by equipment side contact
The elastic force of part is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the direction contrary with installation direction
It is held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, thus they be firmly fixed and can not along installation direction and
The direction both contrary with installation direction is moved.Therefore, and related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40 1
Lateral spacing system is compared, and box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the probability disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50),
Terminal plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described in reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when terminal plane becomes about relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288
During angle between 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50),
The bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) be positioned at the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400) with
And the right side of the left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400).
When ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment, if excessively firmly held, then its with set
Standby side contacts forms the contact of the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By limiting first
The left side of system part and the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminals and the left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400)
Right side, enough inclinations can be there is so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be very
To more stable.
Adaptations 3
Ink supply system as above, also includes: main body (22), it includes front portion (203) and rear portion (204), front
Portion (203) and rear portion (204) are relative to each other;With the back side (204) of main body (22) the second restricted part (220) immediately, terminal
The front (203) of supporting structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, this second restricted part (220) and ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Various piece (620) engage, wherein, when along the orientation measurement vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) away from
From time, the distance (B) between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the second restricted part (220) is big
Distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part further from by front
During edge limited plane, farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 4
Ink supply system as above, also includes: main body (22), it includes first surface (203) and second surface
(204), first surface (203) and second surface (204) are relative to each other;With the second surface (204) of main body (22) immediately
Two restricted parts (220), the first surface (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, this second restricted part
(220) engage with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along flat with limited by leading edge (288)
During the vertical orientation measurement distance in face (BP), the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) is flat with limited by leading edge (288)
Distance (B) between face (BP) more than the first restricted part (210) bonding part (212) with limited by leading edge (288)
Distance (A) between plane (BP).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part further from by front
During edge limited plane, farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first side restricted part and depart from from printer bonding part
Probability.
Adaptations 5
Ink supply system as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivot in the middle of two ends
Point (800c), and when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, first limits
Partly the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of (210) is less than at ink
Supply system is flat with limited by leading edge (288) by the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) time ink feed to printing equipment (50)
Distance (C) between face (BP).
Distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than at ink feed
System is by during ink feed to printing equipment during distance between pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge of bar, and bar is used for limiting
System motion.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases locking or the probability of disengaging, thus at multiple ends
Son produces stable electrical connection with contacting between formation component, and reduces poor successional probability.When power is by from contact
When forming component applying, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the junction surface of the first restricted part
Divide from the separate probability in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Ink supply system as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivot in the middle of two ends
Point (800c), and when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50), the junction surface of the first restricted part (210)
Dividing (212) when right side and ink feed structure (280) face down, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) exists
The left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When ink supply system provide ink to printing equipment, the first restricted part bonding part at the pivotal point of bar
Left side and the bonding part of the first restricted part when right side and ink feed structural plane are downward, the first restricted part
Bar produces rotating torques, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.This subtracts
The bonding part of little first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple
Terminal contacts the stable electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.Additionally, reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from
The bonding part of bar releases the probability of locking.
Adaptations 7
Ink supply system as above, also includes the main body (22) of immediately terminal support structure (408), when ink supplies
When answering system by ink feed to printing equipment (50), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least some of
At width midway generally within main body (20).
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of basic bit of the bonding part so that the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of main body, the first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, so that multiple
It is stable that terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 8
Ink supply system as above, also includes adapter (299), wherein, ink feed structure (280), terminal
Supporting structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299), and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and quilt
It is configured to coordinate with adapter (299).
Adaptations 9
Ink supply system as above, also includes adapter (299j), wherein, and terminal support structure (408) and the
One restricted part (210) is positioned on adapter (299j), ink feed structure (280) be positioned at ink chamber (200) upper and
Ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to coordinating with adapter (299j).
Adaptations 10
Ink supply system as above, also includes adapter (299k), ink outside ink-jet printing apparatus (50)
Water pot (200T), pipeline (200L) and minor adaptations (200S), wherein, it is suitable that ink feed structure (280) is positioned at auxiliary
On orchestration (200S), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299k), and work as
When ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50), ink is fed to auxiliary from outer pot (200T) by pipeline (200L)
Help adapter (200S).
Adaptations 11
Ink supply system as above, also includes main body (22), and main body includes top (202) and bottom (201), top
Portion (202) and bottom (201) are relative to each other, and wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is the neatest with bottom (201)
Flat.
G-8. the 8th modification
The present invention can be by following description with changed.In each description in bracket after each key element
Symbol corresponding at first embodiment or the symbol of each key element described in the modification of the box with adapter.
G-8-1. the first change case
One is adapted for attachment to the box (20) on printing equipment (50), and printing equipment has a structure that printing equipment
(50) including that the contact of multiple equipment side forms component (731-739), it is arranged to elastic force (Pt) is applied to box (20), print
Brush equipment (50) also includes the bar (80) with bonding part (810), and box (20) including: first (203), second (204),
3rd (202) and fourth face (201), wherein, first (203) and second (204) toward each other and the 3rd (202)
Relative to each other with fourth face (201);Electronic installation;For accommodating the liquid chamber (200) of liquid;Liquid Supply Structure (280), its
Being positioned at fourth face (201) place, be configured to from liquid chamber (200), liquid is fed to printing equipment (50), liquid supply is tied
Structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of box (20);Conductance is electrical
Terminal (400), it is orientated as and closer to first (203) and is connected with electronic installation compared to close to second (204), holds
Son (400) be arranged to when box (20) be installed to printing equipment (50) upper time, terminal (400) contact portion (cp) place with
Contact forms component (731-739) and contacts and receive from it elastic force (Pt), and the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400) is by substantially
Being arranged in contact portion plane (TP), contact portion plane is neither parallel also with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
The most perpendicular;And first restricted part (210), its bonding part (810) being suitable for bar (80) engages, with constrained box
(20) motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is fixed
Position is compared to close to the 3rd (202) and first (203) closer to the position of contact portion (cp).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 8th modification will be described now.It is installed on printing equipment at box
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing equipment.Because
The bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned at compared to close to the 3rd and first position closer to contact portion, so
The location action of the first restricted part occurs close to the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) needing most location.From
The elastic force of equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Also it is possible to occur due to the vibration during printing operation
The position of terminal is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, thus keeping box side terminal and equipment side terminal it
Between stable electrical connection.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.
It is also possible to needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more to pay close attention to other of such as durability for liquid special
The material of box is selected under the state of property.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, prevent so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for box is packaged carrying out the transport of box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity manufacture the first box side restricted part.This makes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
This maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduce the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so for transport and distribution box
Encapsulation need not special attention and carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar, this and the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811
Different.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, (rather than beautiful to become the structure of unique rigidity
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) the most not with
It is vertical, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printing equipment.Additionally, this structure
Make issuable insulation when printing equipment side terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box have been reduced or eliminated
Rupture (dust).
Because printing equipment side terminal is included within the elasticity of the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing equipment
Power is applied to box terminal, is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.
In other words, the elastic force from printing equipment side terminal is had an effect and is together executed printing equipment side terminal and box side terminal
Pressure, and also box is moved along the direction removed from printing equipment when the joint between the first restricted part and bar is released from
Dynamic.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides additional spring like that, this makes simpler structure
It is possibly realized with the cost reduced.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printing equipment, the position of box terminal will be formed by equipment side contact
The elastic force of component is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the side contrary with installation direction
To being held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, so they are firmly fixed and can not be along installation direction
With the direction both contrary with installation direction move.Therefore, and related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40
Side limits and compares, and box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the probability disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Box (20) as above, wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at compared to close
The cross part (295) of first (203) and contact portion plane (TP) and the cross part of the 3rd (202) and first (203)
(291) midpoint (203p) between is closer to the position of contact portion (cp).
By the bonding part of the first restricted part is attached to compared to the position close to midpoint closer to contact portion
Place, can bring above-mentioned advantage well.
Adaptations 2
Box (20) as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the plane limited by leading edge (288)
(BP) angle between Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree.
As described in reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane becomes relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288
During angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 3
Box (20) as above, wherein, when observation box (20) under liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state
Time first (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the rightmost side end of multiple terminal (431-439)
The left side of the extended line (439PL) of the right hand edge (439p) of son (439) and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (431-439)
(435) right side of the extended line (435PL) of left hand edge (435p).
When box is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then it contacts shape with equipment side
The contact becoming the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with many
The left side of the rightmost side contact portion of individual terminal and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400), box can be enough
Ground tilts so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 4
Box (20) as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on second (204) of box (20), should
Second restricted part (220) is suitable for engaging with the various piece of printing equipment (50), wherein, when along with by leading edge
(288) during the vertical orientation measurement distance of the plane (BP) that limits, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) with by leading edge
(288) distance (B) between the plane (BP) limited is more than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and by front
Distance (A) between the plane (BP) that edge (288) limits.
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part further from by front
During edge limited plane, farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first restricted part and take off from printing equipment side engagement part
From probability.
Adaptations 5
Box (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and liquid
During body Supply Structure (280) prone angle observation box (20), when hanging down along with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
During straight orientation measurement distance, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane limited by leading edge (288)
(BP) distance (A) between is less than the pivotal point (800c) of the bar (80) when box (20) is mounted and is limited by leading edge (288)
Plane (BP) between distance (C).
Distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than being mounted at box
Time bar pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge between distance time, bar be used for constrained box motion.This reduce first
Restricted part releases locking or the probability of disengaging with the bonding part of bar, is thus formed between component with contacting at multiple terminals
Produce stable electrical connection, and reduce poor successional probability.It is applied to be mounted when power forms component from contact
Box time, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from bar
The separate probability in bonding part.
Adaptations 6
Box (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and liquid
During body Supply Structure (280) prone angle observation box (20), when box (20) is mounted, the first restricted part (210) connects
Close part (212) in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and liquid Supply Structure faces down
That unilateral observation box time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is on bar
Produce rotating torques, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.This reduce
The bonding part of one restricted part from the bonding part of bar release locking probability, and further ensure that multiple terminal with
Equipment side contact forms the stable electrical connection between component.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part will with box together
Mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 7
Box (20) as above, wherein, when liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state observation first
(203) time, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least some of when box (20) is mounted generally within
At the width midway of box (20).
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of basic bit of the bonding part so that the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of box, the first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, so that multiple end
It is stable that son contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 8
Box (20) as above, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is the neatest with fourth face (201)
Flat.
Adaptations 9
Box (20) as above, also includes adapter (299,299j, 299k), wherein, the contact portion of terminal (400)
(cp) and the first restricted part (210) is positioned on adapter, and liquid chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to adaptive
Device coordinates.
G-8-2. the second change case
One is adapted for attachment to the box (20) on printing equipment (50), and printing equipment (50) includes that multiple equipment side contacts
Forming component (731-739), it is arranged to be applied to elastic force (Pt) box (20), and printing equipment (50) also includes having connecing
Closing the bar (80) of part (810), box (20) including: first (203), second (204), the 3rd (202) and fourth face
(201), wherein, first (203) and second (204) toward each other and the 3rd (202) and fourth face (201) phase each other
Right;Electronic installation;For accommodating the liquid chamber (200) of liquid;Liquid Supply Structure (280), it is positioned at fourth face (201)
Place, is configured to from liquid chamber (200), liquid is fed to printing equipment (50), and liquid Supply Structure (280) has installation side
Leading edge (288) on (SD), leading edge defines the plane (BP) of box (20);Conductance electric terminal (400), it is orientated as
And being connected closer to first (203) with electronic installation compared to close to second (204), terminal (400) is arranged to work as
When box (20) is installed on printing equipment (50), form component (731-at contact portion (cp) place of terminal (400) with contacting
739) contacting and receive from it elastic force (Pt), the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400) is arranged substantially in contact portion and is put down
In face (TP), contact portion plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288);And the
One restricted part (210), its bonding part (810) being suitable for bar (80) engages, with constrained box (20) with installation direction
(SD) the contrary motion on direction (RD), the first restricted part (210) is arranged on compared to close to the 3rd (202) and first
The first cross part that the second cross part that face (203) intersects intersects closer to first (203) with contact portion plane (TP)
(295) position.
Some benefits of the above change case of the 8th modification will be described now.It is installed on printing equipment at box
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing equipment.Because
First restricted part be arranged on compared to close to the 3rd the second cross part intersected with first closer to first with contact
The position of the first cross part that part planar intersects, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs fixed close to needing most
The position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of position.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Equally,
The position of the terminal being likely to be due to the vibration during printing operation and occur is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal
More stable, thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.
It is also possible to needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more to pay close attention to other of such as durability for liquid special
The material of box is selected under the state of property.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, prevent so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for box is packaged carrying out the transport of box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity manufacture the first box side restricted part.This makes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
This maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduce the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so for transport and distribution box
Encapsulation need not special attention and carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar, this and the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811
Different.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, (rather than beautiful to become the structure of unique rigidity
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) the most not with
It is vertical, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printing equipment.Additionally, this structure
Make issuable insulation when printing equipment side terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box have been reduced or eliminated
Rupture (dust).
Because printing equipment side terminal is included within the elasticity of the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing equipment
Power is applied to box terminal, is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.
In other words, the elastic force from printing equipment side terminal is had an effect and is together executed printing equipment side terminal and box side terminal
Pressure, and also box is moved along the direction removed from printing equipment when the joint between the first restricted part and bar is released from
Dynamic.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides additional spring like that, this makes simpler structure
It is possibly realized with the cost reduced.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printing equipment, the position of box terminal will be formed by equipment side contact
The elastic force of component is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the side contrary with installation direction
To being held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, so they are firmly fixed and can not be along installation direction
With the direction both contrary with installation direction move.Therefore, and related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40
Side limits and compares, and box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the probability disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Box (20) as above, wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at compared to close
Midpoint (203p) between first cross part (295) and the second cross part is closer to the position of the first cross part (295).
By the bonding part of the first restricted part is attached to compared to the position close to midpoint closer to contact portion
Place, can bring above-mentioned advantage well.
Adaptations 2
Box (20) as above, wherein, contact portion (cp) plane (TP) is flat relative to limited by leading edge (288)
Angle between face (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree.
As described in reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane becomes relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288
During angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 3
Box (20) as above, wherein, when observation box (20) under liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state
Time first (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the rightmost side end of multiple terminal (431-439)
The left side of the extended line (439PL) of the right hand edge (439p) of son (439) and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (431-439)
(435) right side of the extended line (435PL) of left hand edge (435p).
When box is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then it contacts shape with equipment side
The contact becoming the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with many
The left side of the rightmost side contact portion of individual terminal and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400), box can be enough
Ground tilts so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 4
Box (20) as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on second (204) of box (20), should
Second restricted part (220) is suitable for engaging with the various piece of printing equipment (50), wherein, when along with by leading edge
(288) during the vertical orientation measurement distance of the plane (BP) that limits, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) with by leading edge
(288) distance (B) between the plane (BP) limited is more than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and by front
Distance (A) between the plane (BP) that edge (288) limits.
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part further from by front
During edge limited plane, farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first restricted part and take off from printing equipment side engagement part
From probability.
Adaptations 5
Box (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and liquid
During body Supply Structure (280) prone angle observation box (20), when hanging down along with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
During straight orientation measurement distance, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane limited by leading edge (288)
(BP) distance (A) between is less than the pivotal point (800c) of the bar (80) when box (20) is mounted and is limited by leading edge (288)
Plane (BP) between distance (C).
Distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than being mounted at box
Time bar pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge between distance time, bar be used for constrained box motion.This reduce first
Restricted part releases locking or the probability of disengaging with the bonding part of bar, is thus formed between component with contacting at multiple terminals
Produce stable electrical connection, and reduce poor successional probability.It is applied to be mounted when power forms component from contact
Box time, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from bar
The separate probability in bonding part.
Adaptations 6
Box (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and liquid
During body Supply Structure (280) prone angle observation box (20), when box (20) is mounted, the first restricted part (210) connects
Close part (212) in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and liquid Supply Structure faces down
That unilateral observation box time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is on bar
Produce rotating torques, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.This reduce
The bonding part of one restricted part from the bonding part of bar release locking probability, and further ensure that multiple terminal with
Equipment side contact forms the stable electrical connection between component.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part will with box together
Mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 7
Box (20) as above, wherein, when liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state observation first
(203) time, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least some of when box (20) is mounted generally within
At the width midway of box (20).
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of basic bit of the bonding part so that the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of box, the first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, so that multiple end
It is stable that son contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 8
Box (20) as above, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is the neatest with fourth face (201)
Flat.
Adaptations 9
Box (20) as above, also includes adapter (299,299j, 299k), wherein, the contact portion of terminal (400)
(cp) and the first restricted part (210) is positioned on adapter, and liquid chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to adaptive
Device coordinates.
G-8-3. the 3rd change case
One is adapted for attachment to the box (20) on printing equipment (50), and printing equipment has a structure that printing equipment
(50) including that the contact of multiple equipment side forms component (731-739), it is arranged to elastic force (Pt) is applied to box (20), print
Brush equipment (50) also includes the bar (80) with bonding part (810) and pivotal point, and box (20) including: first (203), second
Face (204), the 3rd (202) and fourth face (201), wherein, first (203) and second (204) toward each other and the
Three (202) and fourth face (201) are relative to each other;Electronic installation;For accommodating the liquid chamber (200) of liquid;Liquid supply is tied
Structure (280), it is positioned at fourth face (201) place, is configured to from liquid chamber (200), liquid is fed to printing equipment (50),
Liquid Supply Structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane of box (20)
(BP);Conductance electric terminal (400), its orientate as compared to close to second (204) closer to first (203) and with electricity
Sub-device connects, and terminal (400) is arranged to when box (20) is installed on printing equipment (50), connecing of terminal (400)
Contact portion divide (cp) place with contact formation component (731-739) contact and receive from it elastic force (Pt), the contact of terminal (400)
During partly (cp) is arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), contact portion plane neither with limited by leading edge (288)
Plane (BP) is parallel the most perpendicular;And first restricted part (210), it is suitable for the bonding part with bar (80)
(810) engage, with the constrained box (20) motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the first restricted part
(210) bonding part (212) is arranged such that box (20) is installed on printing equipment (50), the first restricted part
(210) bonding part (212) engages in the position of pivotal point (800c) lower section being positioned at bar (80) with bar (80).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 8th modification will be described now.It is installed on printing equipment at box
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing equipment.Because
The bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned in the position below the pivotal point of bar, the constrained box so bar is had an effect
Motion.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases locking or the probability of disengaging, thus at multiple terminals
Produce stable electrical connection between formation component with contacting, and reduce poor successional probability.When power is by from contact shape
When becoming component to be applied to the box being mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the first limiting unit
The bonding part divided is from the separate probability in the bonding part of bar.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, thus maintaining box side
Stable between terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.
It is also possible to needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more to pay close attention to other of such as durability for liquid special
The material of box is selected under the state of property.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, prevent so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for box is packaged carrying out the transport of box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity manufacture the first box side restricted part.This makes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
This maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduce the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so for transport and distribution box
Encapsulation need not special attention and carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar, this and the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811
Different.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, (rather than beautiful to become the structure of unique rigidity
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) the most not with
It is vertical, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printing equipment.Additionally, this structure
Make issuable insulation when printing equipment side terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box have been reduced or eliminated
Rupture (dust).
Because printing equipment side terminal is included within the elasticity of the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing equipment
Power is applied to box terminal, is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.
In other words, the elastic force from printing equipment side terminal is had an effect and is together executed printing equipment side terminal and box side terminal
Pressure, and also box is moved along the direction removed from printing equipment when the joint between the first restricted part and bar is released from
Dynamic.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides additional spring like that, this makes simpler structure
It is possibly realized with the cost reduced.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printing equipment, the position of box terminal will be formed by equipment side contact
The elastic force of component is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the side contrary with installation direction
To being held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, so they are firmly fixed and can not be along installation direction
With the direction both contrary with installation direction move.Therefore, and related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40
Side limits and compares, and box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the probability disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Box (20) as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the plane limited by leading edge (288)
(BP) angle between Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree.
By the bonding part of the first restricted part is attached to compared to the position close to midpoint closer to contact portion
Place, can bring above-mentioned advantage well.
As described in reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane becomes relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288
During angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Box (20) as above, wherein, when observation box (20) under liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state
Time first (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the rightmost side end of multiple terminal (431-439)
The left side of the extended line (439PL) of the right hand edge (439p) of son (439) and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (431-439)
(435) right side of the extended line (435PL) of left hand edge (435p).
When box is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then it contacts shape with equipment side
The contact becoming the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with many
The left side of the rightmost side contact portion of individual terminal and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400), box can be enough
Ground tilts so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 3
Box (20) as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on second (204) of box (20), should
Second restricted part (220) is suitable for engaging with the various piece of printing equipment (50), wherein, when along with by leading edge
(288) during the vertical orientation measurement distance of the plane (BP) that limits, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) with by leading edge
(288) distance (B) between the plane (BP) limited is more than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and by front
Distance (A) between the plane (BP) that edge (288) limits.
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part further from by front
During edge limited plane, farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first restricted part and take off from printing equipment side engagement part
From probability.
Adaptations 4
Box (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and liquid
During body Supply Structure (280) prone angle observation box (20), when box (20) is mounted, the first restricted part (210) connects
Close part (212) in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and liquid Supply Structure faces down
That unilateral observation box time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is on bar
Produce rotating torques, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.This reduce
The bonding part of one restricted part from the bonding part of bar release locking probability, and further ensure that multiple terminal with
Equipment side contact forms the stable electrical connection between component.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part will with box together
Mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 7
Box (20) as above, wherein, when liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state observation first
(203) time, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least some of when box (20) is mounted generally within
At the width midway of box (20).
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of basic bit of the bonding part so that the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of box, the first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, so that multiple end
It is stable that son contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 8
Box (20) as above, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is the neatest with fourth face (201)
Flat.
Adaptations 9
Box (20) as above, also includes adapter (299,299j, 299k), wherein, the contact portion of terminal (400)
(cp) and the first restricted part (210) is positioned on adapter, and liquid chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to adaptive
Device coordinates.
G-8-4. the 4th change case
One is adapted for attachment to the box (20) on printing equipment (50), and printing equipment (50) includes that multiple equipment side contacts
Forming component (731-739), it is arranged to be applied to elastic force (Pt) box (20), and printing equipment (50) also includes having connecing
Closing the bar (80) of part (810), box (20) including: anterior (203), rear portion (204), top (202) and bottom (201), wherein,
Anterior (203) and rear portion (204) are toward each other and top (202) and bottom (201) are relative to each other;Electronic installation;For holding
Receive the liquid chamber (200) of liquid;Liquid Supply Structure (280), it is positioned at (201) place, bottom, is configured to liquid from liquid
Body room (200) is fed to printing equipment (50), and liquid Supply Structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD),
Leading edge defines the plane (BP) of box (20);Conductance electric terminal (400), it is orientated as compared to close to rear portion (204) more
Close to anterior (203) and being connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is arranged to when box (20) is installed to printing equipment (50)
Time upper, contacted at contact portion (cp) place of terminal (400) with contacting formation component (731-739) and receive from it elastic force
(Pt), the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400) is arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), contact portion plane neither with
The plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is parallel the most perpendicular;And first restricted part (210), its be suitable for
The bonding part (810) of bar (80) engages, with the constrained box (20) motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD),
First restricted part (210) is arranged on the position being positioned at compared to close to top (202) closer to contact portion plane (tp)
Place.
Some benefits of the above change case of the 8th modification will be described now.It is installed on printing equipment at box
Meanwhile, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing equipment.Because
The bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned at compared to close to top closer to the position of contact portion position, so first limits
The location action of part processed occurs close to the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) needing most location.From equipment side
The elastic force of terminal can suitably be offset.Also it is possible to the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation
Position is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, thus steady between keeping box side terminal and equipment side terminal
Fixed electrical connection.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.
It is also possible to needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more to pay close attention to other of such as durability for liquid special
The material of box is selected under the state of property.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, prevent so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box
The plastic deformation of stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box,
So box can be made less.This further allows for reducing for box is packaged carrying out the transport of box and distribution
The size of encapsulating material (such as paper or box), thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally, because bar not with box
Integrally, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, can with smaller szie and more
Simple structure and higher rigidity manufacture the first box side restricted part.This makes to significantly reduce the first box side limiting unit
The probability of the elastic deformation divided.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure,
This maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduce the possibility of poor telecommunication
Property.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so for transport and distribution box
Encapsulation need not special attention and carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar, this and the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811
Different.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, (rather than beautiful to become the structure of unique rigidity
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) the most not with
It is vertical, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printing equipment.Additionally, this structure
Make issuable insulation when printing equipment side terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box have been reduced or eliminated
Rupture (dust).
Because printing equipment side terminal is included within the elasticity of the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing equipment
Power is applied to box terminal, is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.
In other words, the elastic force from printing equipment side terminal is had an effect and is together executed printing equipment side terminal and box side terminal
Pressure, and also box is moved along the direction removed from printing equipment when the joint between the first restricted part and bar is released from
Dynamic.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides additional spring like that, this makes simpler structure
It is possibly realized with the cost reduced.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printing equipment, the position of box terminal will be formed by equipment side contact
The elastic force of component is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the side contrary with installation direction
To being held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, so they are firmly fixed and can not be along installation direction
With the direction both contrary with installation direction move.Therefore, and related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40
Side limits and compares, and box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the probability disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Box (20) as above, wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at compared to close
Midpoint between the cross part of anterior (203) and the cross part of contact portion plane (TP) and top (202) and anterior (203)
(203p) closer to the position of contact portion (cp).
By the bonding part of the first restricted part is attached to compared to the position close to midpoint closer to contact portion
Place, can bring above-mentioned advantage well.
Adaptations 2
Box (20) as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the plane limited by leading edge (288)
(BP) angle between Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree.
As described in reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane becomes relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288
During angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 3
Box (20) as above, wherein, when observation box (20) under liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state
Time anterior (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminal (431-439)
(439) left side of the extended line (439PL) of right hand edge (439p) and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (431-439)
(435) right side of the extended line (435PL) of left hand edge (435p).
When box is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then it contacts shape with equipment side
The contact becoming the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with many
The left side of the rightmost side contact portion of individual terminal and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400), box can be enough
Ground tilts so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 4
Box (20) as above, wherein, bonding part is suitable for engaging with rotatable bar, and rotatable bar has first
The pivotal point of the top, bonding part (212) of bonding part (210).
When rotatable bar has the pivotal point above the bonding part of the first bonding part, bar is used for the fortune of constrained box
Dynamic.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part and bar and release locking or the probability of disengaging, thus multiple terminals with
Contact is formed and produces stable electrical connection between component, and reduces poor successional probability.When power is formed from contact
When component is applied to the box being mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the first restricted part
Bonding part from the separate probability in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 5
Box (20) as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on the rear portion (204) of box (20), this is the years old
Two restricted parts (220) are suitable for engaging with the various piece of printing equipment (50), wherein, when along with by leading edge (288)
During the vertical orientation measurement distance of plane (BP) limited, the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) with by leading edge (288)
Distance (B) between the plane (BP) limited is more than the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and by leading edge
(288) distance (A) between the plane (BP) limited.
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part further from by front
During edge limited plane, farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first restricted part and take off from printing equipment side engagement part
From probability.
Adaptations 6
Box (20) as above, wherein, the second restricted part (220) is suitable for being rotated to set from printing at box (20)
As the pivotal point rotated when the keeper of standby (50) unloads.
Adaptations 7
Box (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and liquid
During body Supply Structure (280) prone angle observation box (20), when hanging down along with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
During straight orientation measurement distance, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane limited by leading edge (288)
(BP) distance (A) between is less than the pivotal point (800c) of the bar (80) when box (20) is mounted and is limited by leading edge (288)
Plane (BP) between distance (C).
Distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than being mounted at box
Time bar pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge between distance time, bar be used for constrained box motion.This reduce first
Restricted part releases locking or the probability of disengaging with the bonding part of bar, is thus formed between component with contacting at multiple terminals
Produce stable electrical connection, and reduce poor successional probability.It is applied to be mounted when power forms component from contact
Box time, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from bar
The separate probability in bonding part.
Adaptations 8
Box (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and liquid
During body Supply Structure (280) prone angle observation box (20), when box (20) is mounted, the first restricted part (210) connects
Close part (212) in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and liquid Supply Structure faces down
That unilateral observation box time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is on bar
Produce rotating torques, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.This reduce
The bonding part of one restricted part from the bonding part of bar release locking probability, and further ensure that multiple terminal with
Equipment side contact forms the stable electrical connection between component.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part will with box together
Mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 9
Box (20) as above, wherein, when anterior (203) in liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state observation
Time, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least some of when box (20) is mounted generally within box (20)
Width midway at.
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of basic bit of the bonding part so that the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of box, the first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, so that multiple end
It is stable that son contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 10
Box (20) as above, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is substantially flush with bottom (201).
Adaptations 11
Box (20) as above, also includes adapter (299,299j, 299k), wherein, the contact portion of terminal (400)
(cp) and the first restricted part (210) is positioned on adapter, and liquid chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to adaptive
Device coordinates.
Adaptations 12
The use of box (20) as above, wherein, the bonding part of box (20) and the movable bar of printing equipment (50)
(80) so that the mode that bar (80) has the pivotal point of side on the engagement portion engages.
Adaptations 13
A kind of box (20) and the combination of printing equipment (50), this combination includes: box as above;And printing equipment
(50), it includes that multiple equipment sides contact that elastic force (Pt) is applied to box (20) forms component (731-739), and has
The bar (80) of bonding part (810), this bonding part is suitable for the bonding part of the first restricted part (210) with box (20)
(212) engage, with the constrained box (20) movement on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD).
Adaptations 14
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends,
And the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) is arranged on the top, bonding part (212) of first restricted part (210) of box (20).
When rotatable bar has the pivotal point above the bonding part of the first restricted part, bar is used for the fortune of constrained box
Dynamic.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part and bar and release locking or the probability of disengaging, thus multiple terminals with
Contact is formed and produces stable electrical connection between component, and reduces poor successional probability.When power is formed from contact
When component is applied to the box being mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the first restricted part
Bonding part from the separate probability in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 15
Combination as above, wherein, the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) is arranged on the first restricted part of box (20)
(210) right side, bonding part (212).
When rotatable bar has the pivotal point on the right side of the bonding part of the first restricted part of box, the first restricted part
Bar produces rotating torques, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.This subtracts
The bonding part of little first restricted part releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple
Terminal contacts the stable electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part will be with
Box together moves.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar
Property.
G-8-5. the 5th change case
One is suitable for supplying liquid to the liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) of printing equipment (50), and printing sets
Standby (50) include that the contact of multiple equipment side forms component (731-739), and liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) including: electronics
Device;Fluid supply (200i, 200j, 200T);Liquid Supply Structure (280), it is suitable for and is configured to liquid from liquid
Source (200i, 200j, 200T) is fed to printing equipment (50), before liquid Supply Structure (280) has on installation direction (SD)
Edge (288), leading edge defines plane (BP);Adapter (299,299j, 299k), it has: conductance electric terminal
(400), it is connected with electronic installation, and terminal (400) is arranged to when supply system (20i, 20j, 20k) supplies liquid to print
During brush equipment (50), contact at contact portion (cp) place of terminal (400) with contacting formation component (731-739) and connect from it
Receiving elastic force (Pt), the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400) is arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), and contact portion is put down
Face is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288);And first restricted part (210), its
It is arranged on the front portion (203) of adapter and is suitable for the bonding part (810) with bar (80) and engage, exist with limit adaptation device
Motion direction (RD) on contrary with installation direction (SD), the first restricted part (210) is orientated as and contact portion plane
(TP) neighbouring.
Some benefits of the above change case of the 8th modification will be described now.It is installed to printing equipment at adapter
While on, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable electricity between adapter and printing equipment
Communication.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is orientated as with contact portion plane immediately, so the determining of the first restricted part
Bit motion occurs close to the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) needing most location.Elasticity from equipment side terminal
Power can suitably be offset.Also it is possible to move can in the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation
To be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, thus keeps stablizing between adapter side terminal and equipment side terminal to be electrically connected
Connect.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with adapter, institute for manufacture adapter material can be used for manufacture bar
Material is different.It is also possible to needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to such as durable for liquid
The material of adapter is selected under the state of other characteristics of property.
Additionally, because bar is not on adapter, thus for transport and be distributed the encapsulation of adapter need not special
Note coming the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not adaptive
The integral part of device, so adapter can be made less.This further allows for reducing for being packaged adapter
Carry out the transport of adapter and the size of the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) of distribution, thus desirably reduce transport and
Component costs.Equally, because bar is with adapter not integrally, so compared to such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811
Described in structure, the first adapter lateral spacing system can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity
Part.This probability making to significantly reduce the elastic deformation of the first adapter lateral spacing element.Installing or the state of arrangement
In, adapter can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains between box side terminal and equipment side terminal
Normal or good contact, and reduce the probability of poor telecommunication.Because the first adapter lateral spacing element is permissible
There is little size and simple structure, so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box to carry out anti-stopping bar
Plastic deformation, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce encapsulation require and also change
It is apt to the convenience used.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, (rather than beautiful to become the structure of unique rigidity
The rods of state patent gazette No.2005/0151811).In this case, less vibration is delivered to box from bonding part
Terminal, therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal neither parallel with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) the most not with
It is vertical, so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printing equipment.Additionally, this structure
Make issuable insulation when printing equipment side terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box have been reduced or eliminated
Rupture (dust).
Because printing equipment side terminal is included within the elasticity of the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing equipment
Power is applied to box terminal, is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.
In other words, the elastic force from printing equipment side terminal is had an effect and is together executed printing equipment side terminal and box side terminal
Pressure, and also box is moved along the direction removed from printing equipment when the joint between the first restricted part and bar is released from
Dynamic.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides additional spring like that, this makes simpler structure
It is possibly realized with the cost reduced.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box in the side contrary with installation direction
Movement upwards, so therefore when box is installed in printing equipment, the position of box terminal will be formed by equipment side contact
The elastic force of component is held in place relative to installation direction, and by the first restricted part relative to the side contrary with installation direction
To being held in place.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, so they are firmly fixed and can not be along installation direction
With the direction both contrary with installation direction move.Therefore, and related U.S. patent No.7, in 008,053 by circuit board 40
Side limits and compares, and box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the probability disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to by front
Angle between plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree that edge (288) limits.
As described in reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane becomes relative to plane BP limited by leading edge 288
During angle between about 25 degree to 40 degree, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) as above, wherein, when facing down in liquid Supply Structure (280)
State under the front of observation box (20) time, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at multiple terminal (431-
439) left side of the extended line (439PL) of the right hand edge (439p) of rightmost side terminal (439) and multiple terminal (431-439)
The right side of extended line (435PL) of left hand edge (435p) of leftmost side terminal (435).
When box is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then it contacts shape with equipment side
The contact becoming the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) in component may be insecure.By by the first restricted part with many
The left side of the rightmost side contact portion of individual terminal and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400), box can be enough
Ground tilts so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 3
Liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) as above, is additionally included in second on the rear portion (204) of box (20)
Restricted part (220), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for engaging with the various piece of printing equipment (50), wherein, works as edge
During the vertical orientation measurement distance of the plane (BP) and limited by leading edge (288), the junction surface of the second restricted part (220)
Divide the bonding part more than the first restricted part (210) of the distance (B) between the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288)
(212) distance (A) between the plane (BP) and by leading edge (288) limited.
When the bonding part of the second restricted part is orientated as compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part further from by front
During edge limited plane, farther compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part
From the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the first restricted part and take off from printing equipment side engagement part
From probability.
Adaptations 4
Liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) as above, wherein, when the joint from the first restricted part (210)
Partly (212) are to the right and during liquid Supply Structure (280) prone angle observation box (20), when along with by leading edge
(288) during the vertical orientation measurement distance of the plane (BP) that limits, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with by
Distance (A) between the plane (BP) that leading edge (288) limits is less than the pivotal point of bar (80) when box (20) is mounted
(800c) distance (C) between the plane (BP) and by leading edge (288) limited.
Distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than being mounted at box
Time bar pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge between distance time, bar be used for constrained box motion.This reduce first
Restricted part releases locking or the probability of disengaging with the bonding part of bar, is thus formed between component with contacting at multiple terminals
Produce stable electrical connection, and reduce poor successional probability.It is applied to be mounted when power forms component from contact
Box time, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from bar
The separate probability in bonding part.
Adaptations 5
Liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) as above, wherein, when the joint from the first restricted part (210)
Partly (212) are to the right and during liquid Supply Structure (280) prone angle observation box (20), when box (20) is mounted the
The bonding part (212) of one restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and liquid Supply Structure faces down
That unilateral observation box time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, the first restricted part is on bar
Produce rotating torques, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.This reduce
The bonding part of one restricted part from the bonding part of bar release locking probability, and further ensure that multiple terminal with
Equipment side contact forms the stable electrical connection between component.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part will with box together
Mobile.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the probability of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) as above, wherein, when facing down in liquid Supply Structure (280)
State observation adapter anterior time, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least some of in box (20)
Time mounted at width midway generally within box (20).
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of basic bit of the bonding part so that the first restricted part
Position at the width midway of box, the first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, so that multiple end
It is stable that son contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 7
Liquid delivery system (20i, 20j) as above, also includes container assemblies (200i, 200j), has wherein
Fluid supply and be suitable for coordinating with adapter.
Adaptations 8
Liquid delivery system (20j) as above, wherein, liquid Supply Structure (280) is arranged on container assemblies
(200j) on.
Adaptations 9
Liquid delivery system (20k) as above, also includes: wherein have the tank (200T) of fluid supply;There is liquid
The minor adaptations (200S) of Supply Structure (280);And the pipeline (200L) that tank is connected with minor adaptations.
Should be appreciated that feature described herein can be of the combination of a part for box itself, box and printing equipment
Point, or in other words, when box be installed to be suitable for providing ink or other printing materials in the system of printing equipment and/
Or during as one part, all without departing from the scope of the present invention.
Herein in relation to the fact that any portion of various aspects describe may adapt to above-mentioned various change according to the present invention
Change any one in example.
It will be recognized by those skilled in the art that the present invention can have many application, can be implemented in every way,
And therefore it is not limited to the restriction of previous embodiment and example.Any number of feature of different embodiment described herein can
Have than in the single embodiment of the more or less feature of whole features described herein and alternative embodiment to be incorporated into.Whole
Body or partly, function can also be with any known or will known mode distribute between multiple assemblies.
Those skilled in the art will be appreciated that and can be changed for examples described above, without departing from its broad sense
Creative concept.It is therefore understood that the present invention is not limited to disclosed specific embodiment, but it is intended to cover by right
Require the modification in the spirit and scope of the present invention limited.Although the foundation characteristic having shown that and describing the present invention should
Use in example embodiment it should be appreciated that can be by those skilled in the art to the form of present invention disclosed and details
Carry out omissions, substitutions and changes, without departing from the scope of the present invention.Additionally, as understood by a person skilled in the art, the present invention's
Scope covers changing and modifications of the development conventionally known, further for assembly described herein.Therefore, the present invention only by
It is limited to scope as defined in the claims.Should be appreciated that claim is intended to cover all the one of the present invention disclosed herein
As and specific characteristic, and the scope of the present invention whole statement (it is language issues) can fall into wherein.
Claims (50)
1., for installation into the print cartridge on the keeper of ink-jet printing apparatus, described keeper includes that multiple equipment side contacts
Forming component, it is configured to elastic force to be applied to when described print cartridge is formed component pressure by the contact of described equipment side described
Print cartridge, described keeper also include head and bar, described bar be configured to when described print cartridge is installed on described keeper relative to
Described keeper moves, and described bar also includes that bonding part, described print cartridge include:
Ink chamber;
Ink feed structure, it is configured to from described ink chamber, ink is fed to described head, and described ink feed structure has
Leading edge on installation direction, described leading edge defines the plane of described print cartridge;
First restricted part, it includes the bonding part being configured to engage with the bonding part of described bar, to limit described print cartridge
Motion on the direction contrary with described installation direction;
Second restricted part, it includes the bonding part being configured to engage with the various piece of described ink-jet printing apparatus;And
Wherein, when measuring distance on the direction vertical with the plane limited by described leading edge, described second limiting unit
Distance between bonding part and the plane limited by described leading edge divided is more than the bonding part of described first restricted part
And the distance between the plane limited by described leading edge.
Print cartridge the most according to claim 1, wherein, when the bonding part from described first restricted part to the right and described
Described in that unilateral observation prone of ink feed structure during print cartridge, described structure of ink cartridge is to apply power, described power to described bar
Including vector component and the vector component of upward direction of right direction, upward direction is the side contrary with described installation direction
To.
Print cartridge the most according to claim 2, wherein, when the bonding part from described first restricted part to the right and described
Described in that unilateral observation prone of ink feed structure during print cartridge, the bonding part of described first restricted part is at described bar
The lower left side of pivotal point, and wherein, when the bonding part from described first restricted part, to the right and described ink feed is tied
Described in structure that unilateral observation prone during print cartridge, the bonding part of described second restricted part is in described first restricted part
The left side of bonding part.
Print cartridge the most according to claim 3, the bonding part of wherein said second restricted part is configured to and described ink-jet
The various piece of printing equipment engages, to limit the motion on the direction contrary with described installation direction of the described print cartridge.
Print cartridge the most according to claim 4, wherein, when described print cartridge by described equipment side contact formed component pressure time with
And when from the bonding part of described first restricted part to the right and described ink feed structure that unilateral observation institute prone
When stating print cartridge, described elastic force includes that power upwards, described power upwards are on the direction contrary with described installation direction
Power.
Print cartridge the most according to claim 5, wherein, described keeper also includes printing material supply pipe and is arranged on described
Elastic component around printing material supply pipe, wherein, described ink feed structure is configured to be installed at described print cartridge described
Under the installment state of keeper, it is applied to the power the direction contrary with described installation direction from described elastic component.
Print cartridge the most according to claim 6, also includes circuit board, and wherein, described elastic force is applied to the institute of described print cartridge
State on circuit board.
Print cartridge the most according to claim 1, wherein, when the bonding part from described first restricted part to the right and described
Described in that unilateral observation prone of ink feed structure during print cartridge, the bonding part of described first restricted part is at described bar
The lower left side of pivotal point, and wherein, when the bonding part from described first restricted part, to the right and described ink feed is tied
Described in structure that unilateral observation prone during print cartridge, the bonding part of described second restricted part is in described first restricted part
The left side of bonding part.
Print cartridge the most according to claim 1, the bonding part of wherein said second restricted part is configured to and described ink-jet
The various piece of printing equipment engages, to limit the motion on the direction contrary with described installation direction of the described print cartridge.
Print cartridge the most according to claim 1, wherein, when described print cartridge is formed component pressure by the contact of described equipment side
And when from the bonding part of described first restricted part to the right and that unilateral observation prone of described ink feed structure
During described print cartridge, described elastic force includes that power upwards, described power upwards are on the direction contrary with described installation direction
Power.
11. print cartridges according to claim 1, wherein, described keeper also includes printing material supply pipe and is arranged on institute
Stating the elastic component around printing material supply pipe, wherein, described ink feed structure is configured to be installed to institute at described print cartridge
State under the installment state of keeper, be applied to the power the direction contrary with described installation direction from described elastic component.
12. print cartridges according to claim 1, also include circuit board, and wherein, described elastic force is applied to the institute of described print cartridge
State on circuit board.
13. 1 kinds include multiple equipment side for installation into the adapter on the keeper of ink-jet printing apparatus, described keeper
Contact forms component, and it is configured to when described adapter is formed component pressure by the contact of described equipment side apply elastic force
To described adapter, described keeper also includes that head and bar, described bar are configured to when described adapter is installed to described keeper
Moving relative to described keeper time upper, described bar also includes that bonding part, described adapter include:
Ink feed structure, it has the leading edge on installation direction;
First restricted part, it includes the bonding part being configured to engage with the bonding part of described bar, to limit described adaptation
Device motion on the direction contrary with described installation direction;
Second restricted part, it includes the bonding part being configured to engage with the various piece of described ink-jet printing apparatus;And
Wherein, when measuring distance on the direction vertical with the plane limited by described leading edge, described second limiting unit
Distance between bonding part and the plane limited by described leading edge divided is more than the bonding part of described first restricted part
And the distance between the plane limited by described leading edge.
14. adapters according to claim 13, wherein, when the bonding part from described first restricted part to the right and
Described in that unilateral observation prone of described ink feed structure during adapter, described adapter configurations is for apply to described bar
Power, described power includes the vector component of right direction and the vector component of upward direction, and upward direction is and described installation direction
Contrary direction.
15. adapters according to claim 14, wherein, when the bonding part from described first restricted part to the right and
Described in that unilateral observation prone of described ink feed structure during adapter, the bonding part of described first restricted part is in institute
State the lower left side of the pivotal point of bar, and wherein, when the bonding part from described first restricted part to the right and described ink
Described in Supply Structure that unilateral observation prone during adapter, the bonding part of described second restricted part limits described first
The left side of the bonding part of system part.
16. adapters according to claim 15, the bonding part of wherein said second restricted part is configured to described
The various piece of ink-jet printing apparatus engages, to limit described adapter fortune on the direction contrary with described installation direction
Dynamic.
17. adapters according to claim 16, wherein, execute when described adapter is formed component by the contact of described equipment side
During pressure and when from the bonding part of described first restricted part to the right and described ink feed structure that side prone
When observing described adapter, described elastic force includes power upwards, and described power upwards is contrary with described installation direction
Power on direction.
18. adapters according to claim 17, wherein, described keeper also includes printing material supply pipe and is arranged on
Elastic component around described printing material supply pipe, wherein, described ink feed structure is configured to install at described adapter
Under the installment state of described keeper, it is applied to the power the direction contrary with described installation direction from described elastic component.
19. adapters according to claim 18, also include circuit board, and wherein, described elastic force is applied to described circuit
On plate.
20. adapters according to claim 13, wherein, when the bonding part from described first restricted part to the right and
Described in that unilateral observation prone of described ink feed structure during adapter, the bonding part of described first restricted part is in institute
State the lower left side of the pivotal point of bar, and wherein, when the bonding part from described first restricted part to the right and described ink
Described in Supply Structure that unilateral observation prone during adapter, the bonding part of described second restricted part limits described first
The left side of the bonding part of system part.
21. adapters according to claim 13, the bonding part of wherein said second restricted part is configured to described
The various piece of ink-jet printing apparatus engages, to limit described adapter fortune on the direction contrary with described installation direction
Dynamic.
22. adapters according to claim 13, wherein, execute when described adapter is formed component by the contact of described equipment side
During pressure and when from the bonding part of described first restricted part to the right and described ink feed structure that side prone
When observing described adapter, described elastic force includes power upwards, and described power upwards is contrary with described installation direction
Power on direction.
23. adapters according to claim 13, wherein, described keeper also includes printing material supply pipe and is arranged on
Elastic component around described printing material supply pipe, wherein, described ink feed structure is configured to install at described adapter
Under the installment state of described keeper, it is applied to the power the direction contrary with described installation direction from described elastic component.
24. adapters according to claim 13, also include circuit board, and wherein, described elastic force is applied to described circuit
On plate.
25. 1 kinds are configured to the adapter being installed on the keeper of ink-jet printing apparatus, and described ink-jet printing apparatus has bag
Including the container assemblies of ink feed structure, described keeper includes that the contact of multiple equipment side forms component, and it is configured to work as institute
Stating when adapter is formed component pressure by the contact of described equipment side and elastic force is applied to described adapter, described keeper also wraps
Including head and bar, described bar is configured to when described adapter is installed on described keeper move relative to described keeper, institute
State bar and also include that bonding part, described adapter include:
For the opening of described ink feed structure, described ink feed structure has the leading edge on installation direction;
First restricted part, it includes the bonding part being configured to engage with the bonding part of described bar, to limit described adaptation
Device motion on the direction contrary with described installation direction;
Second restricted part, it includes the bonding part being configured to engage with the various piece of described ink-jet printing apparatus;And
Wherein, when measuring distance on the direction vertical with the plane limited by described leading edge, described second limiting unit
Distance between bonding part and the plane limited by described leading edge divided is more than the bonding part of described first restricted part
And the distance between the plane limited by described leading edge.
26. adapters according to claim 25, wherein, when the bonding part from described first restricted part to the right and
Described in that unilateral observation prone of described ink feed structure during adapter, described adapter configurations is for apply to described bar
Power, described power includes the vector component of right direction and the vector component of upward direction, and upward direction is and described installation direction
Contrary direction.
27. adapters according to claim 26, wherein, when the bonding part from described first restricted part to the right and
Described in that unilateral observation prone of described ink feed structure during adapter, the bonding part of described first restricted part is in institute
State the lower left side of the pivotal point of bar, and wherein, when the bonding part from described first restricted part to the right and described ink
Described in Supply Structure that unilateral observation prone during adapter, the bonding part of described second restricted part limits described first
The left side of the bonding part of system part.
28. adapters according to claim 27, the bonding part of wherein said second restricted part is configured to described
The various piece of ink-jet printing apparatus engages, to limit described adapter fortune on the direction contrary with described installation direction
Dynamic.
29. adapters according to claim 28, wherein, execute when described adapter is formed component by the contact of described equipment side
During pressure and when from the bonding part of described first restricted part to the right and described ink feed structure that side prone
When observing described adapter, described elastic force includes power upwards, and described power upwards is contrary with described installation direction
Power on direction.
30. adapters according to claim 29, wherein, described keeper also includes printing material supply pipe and is arranged on
Elastic component around described printing material supply pipe, wherein, described ink feed structure is configured to install at described adapter
Under the installment state of described keeper, it is applied to the power the direction contrary with described installation direction from described elastic component.
31. adapters according to claim 30, also include circuit board, and wherein, described elastic force is applied to described circuit
On plate.
32. adapters according to claim 25, wherein, when the bonding part from described first restricted part to the right and
Described in that unilateral observation prone of described ink feed structure during adapter, described adapter configurations is for apply to described bar
Power, described power includes the vector component of right direction and the vector component of upward direction, and upward direction is and described installation direction
Contrary direction.
33. adapters according to claim 25, wherein, when the bonding part from described first restricted part to the right and
Described in that unilateral observation prone of described ink feed structure during adapter, the bonding part of described first restricted part is in institute
State the lower left side of the pivotal point of bar, and wherein, when the bonding part from described first restricted part to the right and described ink
Described in Supply Structure that unilateral observation prone during adapter, the bonding part of described second restricted part limits described first
The left side of the bonding part of system part
34. adapters according to claim 25, the bonding part of wherein said second restricted part is configured to described
The various piece of ink-jet printing apparatus engages, to limit described adapter fortune on the direction contrary with described installation direction
Dynamic.
35. adapters according to claim 25, wherein, execute when described adapter is formed component by the contact of described equipment side
During pressure and when from the bonding part of described first restricted part to the right and described ink feed structure that side prone
When observing described adapter, described elastic force includes power upwards, and described power upwards is contrary with described installation direction
Power on direction.
36. adapters according to claim 25, wherein, described keeper also includes printing material supply pipe and is arranged on
Elastic component around described printing material supply pipe, wherein, described ink feed structure is configured to install at described adapter
Under the installment state of described keeper, it is applied to the power the direction contrary with described installation direction from described elastic component.
37. adapters according to claim 25, also include circuit board, and wherein, described elastic force is applied to described circuit
On plate.
38. 1 kinds are configured to the adapter being installed on the keeper of ink-jet printing apparatus, and print cartridge has container assemblies, described
Keeper includes that the contact of multiple equipment side forms component, and the contact of described equipment side forms component and is configured to when described print cartridge is by institute
Stating when equipment side contact forms component pressure and elastic force is applied to described print cartridge, described keeper also includes head and bar, described
Bar is configured to when described print cartridge is installed on described keeper move relative to described keeper, and described bar also includes junction surface
Point,
Described adapter includes that the first restricted part, described first restricted part include the junction surface tap being configured to described bar
The bonding part closed, to limit the motion on the direction contrary with installation direction of the described print cartridge;
Described container assemblies includes that the second restricted part, described second restricted part include being configured to and described ink-jet printing apparatus
Various piece engage bonding part, described container assemblies also includes that ink feed structure, described ink feed structure have
Leading edge on installation direction, described leading edge defines the plane of described print cartridge;
Wherein, when measuring distance on the direction vertical with the plane limited by described leading edge, described second limiting unit
Distance between bonding part and the plane limited by described leading edge divided is more than the bonding part of described first restricted part
And the distance between the plane limited by described leading edge.
39. according to the adapter described in claim 38, and wherein, described structure of ink cartridge is to apply power, when from described to described bar
The bonding part of the first restricted part is to the right and described in that unilateral observation prone of described ink feed structure during print cartridge, institute
The power of stating includes the vector component of right direction and the vector component of upward direction, and upward direction is contrary with described installation direction
Direction.
40. according to the adapter described in claim 39, wherein, when the bonding part from described first restricted part to the right and
Described in that unilateral observation prone of described ink feed structure during print cartridge, the bonding part of described first restricted part is described
The lower left side of the pivotal point of bar, and wherein, when the bonding part from described first restricted part, to the right and described ink supplies
When answering print cartridge described in structure that unilateral observation prone, the bonding part of described second restricted part is in described first limiting unit
The left side of the bonding part divided.
41. adapters according to claim 40, the bonding part of wherein said second restricted part is configured to described
The various piece of ink-jet printing apparatus engages, to limit the motion on the direction contrary with described installation direction of the described print cartridge.
42. adapters according to claim 41, wherein, press when described print cartridge is formed component by the contact of described equipment side
Time and when from the bonding part of described first restricted part to the right and described ink feed structure that side prone see
When examining described print cartridge, described elastic force includes that power upwards, described power upwards are in the direction contrary with described installation direction
On power.
43. adapters according to claim 42, wherein, described keeper also includes printing material supply pipe and is arranged on
Elastic component around described printing material supply pipe, wherein, described ink feed structure is configured to be installed at described print cartridge
Under the installment state of described keeper, it is applied to the power the direction contrary with described installation direction from described elastic component.
44. adapters according to claim 43, also include circuit board, and wherein, described elastic force is applied to described circuit
On plate.
45. according to the adapter described in claim 38, and wherein, described structure of ink cartridge is to apply power, when from described to described bar
The bonding part of the first restricted part is to the right and described in that unilateral observation prone of described ink feed structure during print cartridge, institute
The power of stating includes the vector component of right direction and the vector component of upward direction, and upward direction is contrary with described installation direction
Direction.
46. according to the adapter described in claim 38, wherein, when the bonding part from described first restricted part to the right and
Described in that unilateral observation prone of described ink feed structure during print cartridge, the bonding part of described first restricted part is described
The lower left side of the pivotal point of bar, and wherein, when the bonding part from described first restricted part, to the right and described ink supplies
When answering print cartridge described in structure that unilateral observation prone, the bonding part of described second restricted part is in described first limiting unit
The left side of the bonding part divided.
47. are configured to described according to the adapter described in claim 38, the bonding part of wherein said second restricted part
The various piece of ink-jet printing apparatus engages, to limit the motion on the direction contrary with described installation direction of the described print cartridge.
48. according to the adapter described in claim 38, wherein, presses when described print cartridge is formed component by the contact of described equipment side
Time and when from the bonding part of described first restricted part to the right and described ink feed structure that side prone see
When examining described print cartridge, described elastic force includes that power upwards, described power upwards are in the direction contrary with described installation direction
On power.
49. according to the adapter described in claim 38, and wherein, described keeper also includes printing material supply pipe and is arranged on
Elastic component around described printing material supply pipe, wherein, described ink feed structure is configured to be installed at described print cartridge
Under the installment state of described keeper, it is applied to the power the direction contrary with described installation direction from described elastic component.
50. according to the adapter described in claim 38, also includes circuit board, and wherein, described elastic force is applied to described circuit
On plate.
Applications Claiming Priority (19)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2012-003653 | 2012-01-12 | ||
JP2012-003698 | 2012-01-12 | ||
JP2012003653 | 2012-01-12 | ||
JP2012003652 | 2012-01-12 | ||
JP2012-003652 | 2012-01-12 | ||
JP2012003698 | 2012-01-12 | ||
JP2012-003694 | 2012-01-12 | ||
JP2012003694 | 2012-01-12 | ||
PCT/JP2012/001395 WO2013105142A1 (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-03-01 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
JPPCT/JP2012/001395 | 2012-03-01 | ||
US13/410,478 | 2012-03-02 | ||
US13/410,528 US8439482B1 (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-03-02 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
US13/410,478 US8297739B1 (en) | 2012-03-02 | 2012-03-02 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
US13/410,461 | 2012-03-02 | ||
US13/410,461 US8297738B1 (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-03-02 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
US13/410,528 | 2012-03-02 | ||
JP2012-189836 | 2012-08-30 | ||
JP2012189836A JP2013163364A (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-08-30 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
CN201280003040.0A CN103370203B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Box and printing material supply system |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CN201280003040.0A Division CN103370203B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Box and printing material supply system |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CN106240160A true CN106240160A (en) | 2016-12-21 |
CN106240160B CN106240160B (en) | 2018-04-03 |
Family
ID=49370141
Family Applications (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CN201510102395.0A Expired - Fee Related CN104723691B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
CN201280003040.0A Expired - Fee Related CN103370203B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Box and printing material supply system |
CN201310331964.XA Expired - Fee Related CN103481666B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
CN201610630627.4A Active CN106240160B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Box and printing material supply system |
Family Applications Before (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CN201510102395.0A Expired - Fee Related CN104723691B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
CN201280003040.0A Expired - Fee Related CN103370203B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Box and printing material supply system |
CN201310331964.XA Expired - Fee Related CN103481666B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
Country Status (22)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (3) | EP2802459B1 (en) |
KR (2) | KR101913890B1 (en) |
CN (4) | CN104723691B (en) |
AR (1) | AR089713A1 (en) |
AU (2) | AU2012367439B2 (en) |
BR (1) | BR112013006690A2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2806705C (en) |
CL (1) | CL2014000624A1 (en) |
DE (1) | DE202013000268U1 (en) |
ES (3) | ES2741317T3 (en) |
GB (1) | GB2499105B (en) |
HK (2) | HK1187307A1 (en) |
IL (1) | IL231002A0 (en) |
IT (1) | ITTO20130019A1 (en) |
MX (1) | MX2013003348A (en) |
PE (1) | PE20141866A1 (en) |
PL (1) | PL2614960T3 (en) |
RU (1) | RU2604791C2 (en) |
SG (3) | SG10201505419YA (en) |
TW (2) | TWI637859B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2013105195A1 (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA201401028B (en) |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN109591458A (en) * | 2018-11-28 | 2019-04-09 | 郑州新世纪数码科技股份有限公司 | Black pipe rowed-wire fixer |
CN110515286A (en) * | 2019-08-27 | 2019-11-29 | 珠海天威飞马打印耗材有限公司 | Developer replenishing container |
CN111497470A (en) * | 2019-01-31 | 2020-08-07 | 株式会社理光 | Moving body and liquid ejecting apparatus |
Families Citing this family (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
ITTO20130195A1 (en) * | 2013-03-12 | 2013-06-11 | Fameccanica Data Spa | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISCONTINUOUS APPLICATION BY QUANTITY OF CONTROLLED GRANULES OF ABSORBENT MATERIAL |
JP6232932B2 (en) | 2013-10-31 | 2017-11-22 | ブラザー工業株式会社 | Roll mechanism with shaft, tape cartridge |
JP6528564B2 (en) * | 2014-08-29 | 2019-06-12 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Liquid supply unit |
JP6202052B2 (en) * | 2014-08-29 | 2017-09-27 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Liquid supply unit |
EP3064359A1 (en) * | 2015-03-06 | 2016-09-07 | Pelikan Hardcopy Production AG | Printing material container or adapter for a printing material container |
JP2016187877A (en) * | 2015-03-30 | 2016-11-04 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Cartridge and liquid jetting system |
CN205044309U (en) * | 2015-08-24 | 2016-02-24 | 珠海纳思达企业管理有限公司 | Ink horn that fastening is decided ink horn and is connected with ink horn portion of keeping |
CN106739531B (en) * | 2017-01-11 | 2019-03-12 | 珠海欣威科技有限公司 | The print cartridge positioned by lever |
DE102017102529B4 (en) | 2017-02-09 | 2020-07-16 | Canon Production Printing Holding B.V. | Inkjet printer |
CN110027324A (en) | 2019-05-06 | 2019-07-19 | 珠海艾派克微电子有限公司 | Nozzle print cartridge, inkjet component and circuit substrate |
Citations (13)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5646665A (en) * | 1993-04-30 | 1997-07-08 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Side biased datum scheme for inkjet cartridge and carriage |
US6276780B1 (en) * | 2000-06-19 | 2001-08-21 | Xerox Corporation | Fail-safe ink tank latching system |
US20020135634A1 (en) * | 2001-03-24 | 2002-09-26 | Lodal John N. | Carriage with clamping device for reliable mounting of printheads |
CN1114528C (en) * | 1999-11-16 | 2003-07-16 | Inktec株式会社 | Device and method of refilling ink into ink cartridges for ink-jet printers |
CN2589199Y (en) * | 2002-12-27 | 2003-12-03 | 嘉兴天马打印机耗材有限公司 | Cartridge filling supporting structure |
CN1196591C (en) * | 2000-01-31 | 2005-04-13 | 惠普公司 | Latch and handle arrangement for replaceable ink container |
EP1547783A2 (en) * | 2003-12-26 | 2005-06-29 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Liquid container |
CN1840346A (en) * | 2005-03-31 | 2006-10-04 | 精工爱普生株式会社 | Liquid container and method for manufacturing same |
US20070103522A1 (en) * | 2002-11-26 | 2007-05-10 | Kazuhiro Hashii | Ink cartridge and recording apparatus |
EP1862314A2 (en) * | 2006-06-02 | 2007-12-05 | Artech GmbH design + production in plastic | Device and method for refitting a printer |
US20080211892A1 (en) * | 2004-10-20 | 2008-09-04 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Liquid container and jet printing apparatus |
CN101468553A (en) * | 2003-12-26 | 2009-07-01 | 佳能株式会社 | Liquid container |
CN101712238A (en) * | 2005-12-26 | 2010-05-26 | 精工爱普生株式会社 | Printing material container and circuit board equipped thereon |
Family Cites Families (27)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4907018A (en) * | 1988-11-21 | 1990-03-06 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Printhead-carriage alignment and electrical interconnect lock-in mechanism |
CA1304983C (en) * | 1987-10-23 | 1992-07-14 | David W. Pinkernell | Printhead-carriage alignment and electrical interconnect lock-in mechanism |
JP3582592B2 (en) | 2001-04-03 | 2004-10-27 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Ink cartridge and inkjet recording device |
EP0885729B1 (en) * | 1994-08-24 | 2002-04-17 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Ink container for ink jet printer, holder for the container, carriage for the holder and ink jet printer |
US6074042A (en) | 1997-06-04 | 2000-06-13 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Ink container having a guide feature for insuring reliable fluid, air and electrical connections to a printing system |
ES2282559T5 (en) | 1998-05-18 | 2015-03-16 | Seiko Epson Corporation | Inkjet device and ink cartridge |
CN1899833A (en) * | 2000-10-11 | 2007-01-24 | 精工爱普生株式会社 | Ink cartridge and inkjet printer |
US6796635B2 (en) * | 2000-10-11 | 2004-09-28 | Seiko Epson Corporation | Ink cartridge and inkjet printer |
JP3783585B2 (en) | 2001-07-13 | 2006-06-07 | ブラザー工業株式会社 | Ink cartridge and ink jet recording apparatus |
JP2003053999A (en) | 2001-08-22 | 2003-02-26 | Brother Ind Ltd | Imaging apparatus |
CA2379725C (en) | 2001-04-03 | 2007-06-12 | Seiko Epson Corporation | Ink cartridge |
JP2004122487A (en) | 2002-09-30 | 2004-04-22 | Canon Inc | Liquid tank and tank holder, head cartridge, recorder, method for mounting/demounting tank |
JP3624950B2 (en) * | 2002-11-26 | 2005-03-02 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | ink cartridge |
US7384124B2 (en) | 2003-01-17 | 2008-06-10 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Carriage for ink cartridge of image forming apparatus |
JP2005131927A (en) | 2003-10-30 | 2005-05-26 | Seiko Epson Corp | Liquid jetting apparatus and its liquid container |
JP4058434B2 (en) * | 2003-12-26 | 2008-03-12 | キヤノン株式会社 | Ink storage container, method for manufacturing the same, and printer system |
JP5288743B2 (en) * | 2006-08-23 | 2013-09-11 | キヤノン株式会社 | Ink tank and ink jet recording apparatus |
DE102008009460A1 (en) * | 2008-02-15 | 2009-08-20 | Pelikan Hardcopy Production Ag | Ink cartridge with printed circuit board element |
US8091993B2 (en) * | 2008-05-22 | 2012-01-10 | Videojet Technologies Inc. | Ink containment system and ink level sensing system for an inkjet cartridge |
JP2012001395A (en) | 2010-06-17 | 2012-01-05 | Shimizu Corp | High-strength concrete |
JP5573402B2 (en) | 2010-06-21 | 2014-08-20 | 株式会社リコー | CONFERENCE SUPPORT DEVICE, CONFERENCE SUPPORT METHOD, CONFERENCE SUPPORT PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM |
JP5465105B2 (en) | 2010-06-21 | 2014-04-09 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Computer system, computer program, and pipeline processing method |
JP5585235B2 (en) | 2010-06-21 | 2014-09-10 | 富士通株式会社 | Storage control device, storage control method, storage system |
JP5442541B2 (en) | 2010-06-21 | 2014-03-12 | 日本電信電話株式会社 | WEB information acquisition method and apparatus |
JP5569475B2 (en) * | 2010-09-03 | 2014-08-13 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Liquid container and liquid ejecting apparatus |
JP5720148B2 (en) * | 2010-09-03 | 2015-05-20 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Printing material cartridge and printing material supply system |
JP2012189836A (en) | 2011-03-11 | 2012-10-04 | Canon Inc | Projection device |
-
2012
- 2012-03-01 GB GB1300618.4A patent/GB2499105B/en active Active
- 2012-12-26 SG SG10201505419YA patent/SG10201505419YA/en unknown
- 2012-12-26 CN CN201510102395.0A patent/CN104723691B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2012-12-26 WO PCT/JP2012/008314 patent/WO2013105195A1/en active Application Filing
- 2012-12-26 SG SG10201710233UA patent/SG10201710233UA/en unknown
- 2012-12-26 MX MX2013003348A patent/MX2013003348A/en unknown
- 2012-12-26 KR KR1020147006397A patent/KR101913890B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2012-12-26 CN CN201280003040.0A patent/CN103370203B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2012-12-26 ES ES12823217T patent/ES2741317T3/en active Active
- 2012-12-26 AU AU2012367439A patent/AU2012367439B2/en not_active Ceased
- 2012-12-26 PE PE2014000319A patent/PE20141866A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2012-12-26 CN CN201310331964.XA patent/CN103481666B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2012-12-26 KR KR1020137007170A patent/KR101560068B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2012-12-26 CA CA2806705A patent/CA2806705C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2012-12-26 EP EP12823217.0A patent/EP2802459B1/en active Active
- 2012-12-26 SG SG2014008221A patent/SG2014008221A/en unknown
- 2012-12-26 CN CN201610630627.4A patent/CN106240160B/en active Active
- 2012-12-26 RU RU2013112679/12A patent/RU2604791C2/en active
- 2012-12-26 BR BR112013006690A patent/BR112013006690A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
-
2013
- 2013-01-11 TW TW105134322A patent/TWI637859B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2013-01-11 ES ES13174669.5T patent/ES2543792T3/en active Active
- 2013-01-11 AR ARP130100102A patent/AR089713A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2013-01-11 EP EP13150956.4A patent/EP2614960B1/en not_active Not-in-force
- 2013-01-11 DE DE202013000268U patent/DE202013000268U1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2013-01-11 EP EP20130174669 patent/EP2653316B1/en not_active Not-in-force
- 2013-01-11 ES ES13150956T patent/ES2531151T3/en active Active
- 2013-01-11 TW TW102101228A patent/TWI566954B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2013-01-11 IT IT000019A patent/ITTO20130019A1/en unknown
- 2013-01-11 PL PL13150956T patent/PL2614960T3/en unknown
- 2013-03-28 AU AU2013202147A patent/AU2013202147B8/en not_active Ceased
-
2014
- 2014-01-10 HK HK14100270.5A patent/HK1187307A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2014-01-28 HK HK14100896.9A patent/HK1187863A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2014-02-10 ZA ZA2014/01028A patent/ZA201401028B/en unknown
- 2014-02-17 IL IL231002A patent/IL231002A0/en unknown
- 2014-03-14 CL CL2014000624A patent/CL2014000624A1/en unknown
Patent Citations (15)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5646665A (en) * | 1993-04-30 | 1997-07-08 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Side biased datum scheme for inkjet cartridge and carriage |
CN1114528C (en) * | 1999-11-16 | 2003-07-16 | Inktec株式会社 | Device and method of refilling ink into ink cartridges for ink-jet printers |
CN1196591C (en) * | 2000-01-31 | 2005-04-13 | 惠普公司 | Latch and handle arrangement for replaceable ink container |
US6276780B1 (en) * | 2000-06-19 | 2001-08-21 | Xerox Corporation | Fail-safe ink tank latching system |
US20020135634A1 (en) * | 2001-03-24 | 2002-09-26 | Lodal John N. | Carriage with clamping device for reliable mounting of printheads |
US20070103522A1 (en) * | 2002-11-26 | 2007-05-10 | Kazuhiro Hashii | Ink cartridge and recording apparatus |
CN2589199Y (en) * | 2002-12-27 | 2003-12-03 | 嘉兴天马打印机耗材有限公司 | Cartridge filling supporting structure |
EP1547783A2 (en) * | 2003-12-26 | 2005-06-29 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Liquid container |
CN101284452A (en) * | 2003-12-26 | 2008-10-15 | 佳能株式会社 | Ink container and ink feeding system |
CN101468553A (en) * | 2003-12-26 | 2009-07-01 | 佳能株式会社 | Liquid container |
US20080211892A1 (en) * | 2004-10-20 | 2008-09-04 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Liquid container and jet printing apparatus |
CN1840346A (en) * | 2005-03-31 | 2006-10-04 | 精工爱普生株式会社 | Liquid container and method for manufacturing same |
CN101712238A (en) * | 2005-12-26 | 2010-05-26 | 精工爱普生株式会社 | Printing material container and circuit board equipped thereon |
EP1862314A2 (en) * | 2006-06-02 | 2007-12-05 | Artech GmbH design + production in plastic | Device and method for refitting a printer |
US20070279464A1 (en) * | 2006-06-02 | 2007-12-06 | Eugen Harazim | Device and process for retrofitting a printer |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN109591458A (en) * | 2018-11-28 | 2019-04-09 | 郑州新世纪数码科技股份有限公司 | Black pipe rowed-wire fixer |
CN111497470A (en) * | 2019-01-31 | 2020-08-07 | 株式会社理光 | Moving body and liquid ejecting apparatus |
CN111497470B (en) * | 2019-01-31 | 2022-06-21 | 株式会社理光 | Moving body and liquid ejecting apparatus |
CN110515286A (en) * | 2019-08-27 | 2019-11-29 | 珠海天威飞马打印耗材有限公司 | Developer replenishing container |
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CN106240160A (en) | Box and printing material supply system | |
CN104760419B (en) | Box and printing material supply system | |
JP6443480B2 (en) | cartridge | |
US8974044B2 (en) | Cartridge and printing material supply system | |
US9039153B2 (en) | Printing apparatus and printing material supply system | |
CA2915590A1 (en) | Cartridge and printing material supply system | |
JP2013163374A (en) | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
C06 | Publication | ||
PB01 | Publication | ||
C10 | Entry into substantive examination | ||
SE01 | Entry into force of request for substantive examination | ||
GR01 | Patent grant | ||
GR01 | Patent grant |